Preface to the Project Gutenberg Edition of Beowulf

This text is a revised and corrected version of the fourth edition of Harrison and Sharp in its entirety. It comes in two basic versions. The base version (available in 8-bit (Latin-1) text and HTML) presents the original text as printed. It preserves the source-text's idiosyncratic use of accented vowels with the exception of y-circumflex (ŷ), which is replaced by y-acute (ý) to fit within the Latin-1 character set. Manifestly unintentional errors in the text have been corrected. In general, this has only been done when the text is internally inconsistent (e.g., a quotation in the glossary does not match the main text). Forms that represent deliberate editorial choice have not been altered, even where they appear wrong. (For example, some of the markings of vowel length do not reflect current scholarly consensus.) Where an uncorrected problem may confuse the reader, I have inserted a note explaining the difficulty, signed KTH. A complete list of the changes made is appended at the end of the file. In order to make the text more useful to modern readers, I have also produced a revised edition, available in Unicode (UTF-8) and HTML. The file you are reading is this revised version. Notes from the source text that indicate changes adopted in later editions have been incorporated directly into the text and apparatus. Further, long vowels are indicated with macrons, as is the common practice of most modern editions. Finally, the quantity of some words has been altered to the values currently accepted as correct. Quantities have not been changed when the difference is a matter of editorial interpretation (e.g., gæst vs. gǣst in l. 102, etc.) A list of these altered quantities appears at the end of the list of corrections. Your browser must support the Unicode character set to use this file. To tell if your browser supports the necessary characters, check the table of vowel equivalents below. If you see any empty boxes or question marks in the "revised" columns, you should use the basic version.

Explanation of the Vowel Accenting

In general, Harrison and Sharp use circumflex accents over vowels to mark long vowels. For ash, however, the actual character 'æ' represents the long vowel. Short ash is rendered with a-umlaut (ä). The long diphthongs (ēo, ēa, etc.) are indicated with an acute accent over the second vowel (eó, eá, etc.).

Vowel Equivalents in Different Versions:

Orig.	Revised	Orig.	Revised
ä	æ	Ô	Ō
Ä	Æ	û	ū
æ	ǣ	Û	Ū
Æ	Ǣ	ý	ȳ
â	ā	Ý	Ȳ
Â	Ā	eá	ēa
ê	ē	Eá	Ēa
Ê	Ē	eó	ēo
î	ī	Eó	Ēo
Î	Ī	ié	īe
ô	ō	ió	īo

---

---

PREFACE TO THE FOURTH EDITION.

The favor with which the successive editions of "Bēowulf" have been received during the past thirteen years emboldens the editors to continue the work of revision in a fourth issue, the most noticeable feature of which is a considerable body of explanatory Notes, now for the first time added. These Notes mainly concern themselves with new textual readings, with here and there grammatical, geographical, and archæological points that seemed worthy of explanation. Parallelisms and parallel passages are constantly compared, with the view of making the poem illustrate and explain itself. A few emendations and textual changes are suggested by the editors with all possible diffidence; numerous corrections have been made in the Glossary and List of Names; and the valuable parts of former Appendices have been embodied in the Notes.

For the Notes, the editors are much indebted to the various German periodicals mentioned on page 116, to the recent publications of Professors Earle and J. L. Hall, to Mr. S. A. Brooke, and to the Heyne-Socin edition of "Bēowulf." No change has been made in the system of accentuation, though a few errors in quantity have been corrected. The editors are looking forward to an eventual fifth edition, in which an entirely new text will be presented.

October, 1893.

NOTE TO THE THIRD EDITION.

This third edition of the American issue of Bēowulf will, the editors hope, be found more accurate and useful than either of the preceding editions. Further corrections in text and glossary have been made, and some additional new readings and suggestions will be found in two brief appendices at the back of the book. Students of the metrical system of Bēowulf will find ample material for their studies in Sievers' exhaustive essay on that subject (Beiträge, X. 209-314).

Socin's edition of Heyne's Bēowulf (called the fifth edition) has been utilized to some extent in this edition, though it unfortunately came too late to be freely used. While it repeats many of the omissions and inaccuracies of Heyne's fourth edition, it contains much that is valuable to the student, particularly in the notes and commentary. Students of the poem, which has been subjected to much searching criticism during the last decade, will also derive especial help from the contributions of Sievers and Kluge on difficult questions appertaining to it. Wülker's new edition (in the Grein Bibliothek) is of the highest value, however one may dissent from particular textual views laid down in the 'Berichtigter Text.' Paul and Braune's Beiträge contain a varied miscellany of hints, corrections, and suggestions principally embodying the views of Kluge, Cosijn, Sievers, and Bugge, some of the more important of which are found in the appendices to the present and the preceding edition. Holder and Zupitza, Sarrazin and Hermann Möller (Kiel, 1883), Heinzel (Anzeiger f.d. Alterthum, X.), Gering (Zacher's Zeitschrift, XII.), Brenner (Eng. Studien, IX.), and the contributors to Anglia, have assisted materially in the textual and metrical interpretation of the poem.

The subject of Anglo-Saxon quantity has been discussed in several able essays by Sievers, Sweet, Ten Brink (Anzeiger, f.d. Alterthum, V.), Kluge (Beiträge, XI.), and others; but so much is uncertain in this field that the editors have left undisturbed the marking of vowels found in the text of their original edition, while indicating in the appendices the now accepted views of scholars on the quantity of the personal pronouns (mē, wē, þū, þē, gē, hē); the adverb nū, etc. Perhaps it would be best to banish absolutely all attempts at marking quantities except in cases where the Ms. has them marked.

An approximately complete Bibliography of Bēowulf literature will be found in Wülker's Grundriss and in Garnett's translation of the poem.

JAMES A. HARRISON,

ROBERT SHARP.

WASHINGTON AND LEE UNIVERSITY, LEXINGTON, VA., May, 1888.

NOTE TO THE SECOND REVISED EDITION.

The editors feel so encouraged at the kind reception accorded their edition of Bēowulf (1883), that, in spite of its many shortcomings, they have determined to prepare a second revised edition of the book, and thus endeavor to extend its sphere of usefulness. About twenty errors had, notwithstanding a vigilant proof-reading, crept into the text,—errors in single letters, accents, and punctuation. These have been corrected, and it is hoped that the text has been rendered generally accurate and trustworthy. In the List of Names one or two corrections have been made, and in the Glossary numerous mistakes in gender, classification, and translation, apparently unavoidable in a first edition, have been rectified. Wherever these mistakes concern single letters, or occupy very small space, they have been corrected in the plates; where they are longer, and the expense of correcting them in the plates would have been very great, the editors have thought it best to include them in an Appendix of Corrections and Additions, which will be found at the back of the book. Students are accordingly referred to this Appendix for important longer corrections and additions. It is believed that the value of the book has been much enhanced by an Appendix of Recent Readings, based on late criticisms and essays from the pens of Sievers, Kluge, Cosijn, Holder, Wülker, and Sweet. A perplexed student, in turning to these suggested readings, will often find great help in unravelling obscure or corrupt passages.

The objectionable ä and æ, for the short and the long diphthong, have been retained in the revised edition, owing to the impossibility of removing them without entirely recasting the plates.

In conclusion, the editors would acknowledge their great indebtedness to the friends and critics whose remarks and criticisms have materially aided in the correction of the text,—particularly to Profs. C.P.G. Scott, Baskervill, Price, and J.M. Hart; to Prof. J.W. Bright; and to the authorities of Cornell University, for the loan of periodicals necessary to the completeness of the revision. While the second revised edition still contains much that might be improved, the editors cannot but hope that it is an advance on its predecessor, and that it will continue its work of extending the study of Old English throughout the land.

JUNE, 1885.

NOTE I.

The present work, carefully edited from Heyne's fourth edition, (Paderborn, 1879), is designed primarily for college classes in Anglo-Saxon, rather than for independent investigators or for seekers after a restored or ideal text. The need of an American edition of "Bēowulf" has long been felt, as, hitherto, students have had either to send to Germany for a text, or secure, with great trouble, one of the scarce and expensive English editions. Heyne's first edition came out in 1863, and was followed in 1867 and 1873 by a second and a third edition, all three having essentially the same text.

So many important contributions to the "Bēowulf" literature were, however, made between 1873 and 1879 that Heyne found it necessary to put forth a new edition (1879). In this new, last edition, the text was subjected to a careful revision, and was fortified by the views, contributions, and criticisms of other zealous scholars. In it the collation of the unique "Bēowulf" Ms. (Vitellius A. 15: Cottonian Mss. of the British Museum), as made by E. Kölbing in Herrig's Archiv (Bd. 56; 1876), was followed wherever the present condition of the Ms. had to be discussed; and the researches of Bugge, Bieger, and others, on single passages, were made use of. The discussion of the metrical structure of the poem, as occurring in the second and third editions, was omitted in the fourth, owing to the many controversies in which the subject is still involved. The present editor has thought it best to do the same, though, happily, the subject of Old English Metrik is undergoing a steady illumination through the labors of Schipper and others.

Some errors and misplaced accents in Heyne's text have been corrected in the present edition, in which, as in the general revision of the text, the editor has been most kindly aided by Prof. J.M. Garnett, late Principal of St. John's College, Maryland.

In the preparation of the present school edition it has been thought best to omit Heyne's notes, as they concern themselves principally with conjectural emendations, substitutions of one reading for another, and discussions of the condition of the Ms. Until Wülker's text and the photographic fac-simile of the original Ms. are in the hands of all scholars, it will be better not to introduce such matters in the school room, where they would puzzle without instructing.

For convenience of reference, the editor has added a head-line to each "fit" of the poem, with a view to facilitate a knowledge of its episodes.

WASHINGTON AND LEE UNIVERSITY, LEXINGTON, VA., June, 1882.

NOTE II.

The editors now have the pleasure of presenting to the public a complete text and a tolerably complete glossary of "Bēowulf." The edition is the first published in America, and the first of its special kind presented to the English public, and it is the initial volume of a "Library of Anglo-Saxon Poetry," to be edited under the same auspices and with the coöperation of distinguished scholars in this country. Among these scholars may be mentioned Professors F.A. March of Lafayette College, T.K. Price of Columbia College, and W.M. Baskervill of Vanderbilt University.

In the preparation of the Glossary the editors found it necessary to abandon a literal and exact translation of Heyne for several reasons, and among others from the fact that Heyne seems to be wrong in the translation of some of his illustrative quotations, and even translates the same passage in two or three different ways under different headings. The orthography of his glossary differs considerably from the orthography of his text. He fails to discriminate with due nicety the meanings of many of the words in his vocabulary, while criticism more recent than his latest edition (1879) has illustrated or overthrown several of his renderings. The references were found to be incorrect in innumerable instances, and had to be verified in every individual case so far as this was possible, a few only, which resisted all efforts at verification, having to be indicated by an interrogation point (?). The references are exceedingly numerous, and the labor of verifying them was naturally great. To many passages in the Glossary, where Heyne's translation could not be trusted with entire certainty, the editors have added other translations of phrases and sentences or of special words; and in this they have been aided by a careful study of the text and a comparison and utilization of the views of Kemble and Professor J.M. Garnett (who takes Grein for his foundation). Many new references have been added; and the various passages in which Heyne fails to indicate whether a given verb is weak or strong, or fails to point out the number, etc., of the illustrative form, have been corrected and made to harmonize with the general plan of the work. Numerous misprints in the glossary have also been corrected, and a brief glossary to the Finnsburh-fragment, prepared by Dr. Wm. Hand Browne, and supplemented and adapted by the editor-in-chief, has been added.

The editors think that they may without immodesty put forth for themselves something more than the claim of being re-translators of a translation: the present edition is, so far as they were able to make it so, an adaptation, correction, and extension of the work of the great German scholar to whose loving appreciation of the Anglo-Saxon epic all students of Old English owe a debt of gratitude. While following his usually sure and cautious guidance, and in the main appropriating his results, they have thought it best to deviate from him in the manner above indicated, whenever it seemed that he was wrong. The careful reader will notice at once the marks of interrogation which point out these deviations, or which introduce a point of view illustrative of, or supplementary to, the one given by the German editor. No doubt the editors are wrong themselves in many places,—"Bēowulf" is a most difficult poem,—but their view may at least be defended by a reference to the original text, which they have faithfully and constantly consulted.

A good many cognate Modern English words have been introduced here and there in the Glossary with a view to illustration, and other addenda will be found between brackets and parenthetical marks.

It is hoped that the present edition of the most famous of Old English poems will do something to promote a valuable and interesting study.

JAMES A. HARRISON, Washington and Lee University, Lexington, Va.

ROBERT SHARP, University of Louisiana, New Orleans.

April, 1883.

The responsibility of the editors is as follows: H. is responsible for the Text, and for the Glossary from hrīnan on; S. for the List of Names, and for the Glossary as far as hrīnan.

---

ARGUMENT.

The only national [Anglo-Saxon] epic which has been preserved entire is Bēowulf. Its argument is briefly as follows:—The poem opens with a few verses in praise of the Danish Kings, especially Scild, the son of Sceaf. His death is related, and his descendants briefly traced down to Hroðgar. Hroðgar, elated with his prosperity and success in war, builds a magnificent hall, which he calls Heorot. In this hall Hroðgar and his retainers live in joy and festivity, until a malignant fiend, called Grendel, jealous of their happiness, carries off by night thirty of Hroðgar's men, and devours them in his moorland retreat. These ravages go on for twelve years. Bēowulf, a thane of Hygelac, King of the Goths, hearing of Hroðgar's calamities, sails from Sweden with fourteen warriors—to help him. They reach the Danish coast in safety; and, after an animated parley with Hroðgar's coastguard, who at first takes them for pirates, they are allowed to proceed to the royal hall, where they are well received by Hroðgar. A banquet ensues, during which Bēowulf is taunted by the envious Hunferhð about his swimming-match with Breca, King of the Brondings. Bēowulf gives the true account of the contest, and silences Hunferhð. At night-fall the King departs, leaving Bēowulf in charge of the hall. Grendel soon breaks in, seizes and devours one of Bēowulf's companions; is attacked by Bēowulf, and, after losing an arm, which is torn off by Bēowulf, escapes to the fens. The joy of Hroðgar and the Danes, and their festivities, are described, various episodes are introduced, and Bēowulf and his companions receive splendid gifts. The next night Grendel's mother revenges her son by carrying off AEschere, the friend and councillor of Hroðgar, during the absence of Bēowulf. Hroðgar appeals to Bēowulf for vengeance, and describes the haunts of Grendel and his mother. They all proceed thither; the scenery of the lake, and the monsters that dwell in it, are described. Bēowulf plunges into the water, and attacks Grendel's mother in her dwelling at the bottom of the lake. He at length overcomes her, and cuts off her head, together with that of Grendel, and brings the heads to Hroðgar. He then takes leave of Hroðgar, sails back to Sweden, and relates his adventures to Hygelac. Here the first half of the poem ends. The second begins with the accession of Bēowulf to the throne, after the fall of Hygelac and his son Heardred. He rules prosperously for fifty years, till a dragon, brooding over a hidden treasure, begins to ravage the country, and destroys Bēowulf's palace with fire. Bēowulf sets out in quest of its hiding-place, with twelve men. Having a presentiment of his approaching end, he pauses and recalls to mind his past life and exploits. He then takes leave of his followers, one by one, and advances alone to attack the dragon. Unable, from the heat, to enter the cavern, he shouts aloud, and the dragon comes forth. The dragon's scaly hide is proof against Bēowulf's sword, and he is reduced to great straits. Then Wiglaf, one of his followers, advances to help him. Wiglaf's shield is consumed by the dragon's fiery breath, and he is compelled to seek shelter under Bēowulf's shield of iron. Bēowulf's sword snaps asunder, and he is seized by the dragon. Wiglaf stabs the dragon from underneath, and Bēowulf cuts it in two with his dagger. Feeling that his end is near, he bids Wiglaf bring out the treasures from the cavern, that he may see them before he dies. Wiglaf enters the dragon's den, which is described, returns to Bēowulf, and receives his last commands. Bēowulf dies, and Wiglaf bitterly reproaches his companions for their cowardice. The disastrous consequences of Bēowulf's death are then foretold, and the poem ends with his funeral.—H. Sweet, in Warton's History of English Poetry, Vol. II. (ed. 1871). Cf. also Ten Brink's History of English Literature.

APPENDIX

†

THE ATTACK IN FINNSBURG.‡

† †5 10 † †15 † 20 25 † † †30 † 35 40 † †45 †

LIST OF NAMES; NOTES; AND GLOSSARY.

ABBREVIATIONS

m.:	masculine.
f.:	feminine.
n.:	neuter.
nom., gen.:	nominative, genitive, etc.
w.:	weak.
w. v.:	weak verb.
st.:	strong.
st. v.:	strong verb.
I., II., III.:	first, second, third person.
comp.:	compound.
imper.:	imperative.
w.:	with.
instr.:	instrumental.
G. and Goth.:	Gothic.
O.N.:	Old Norse.
O.S.:	Old Saxon.
O.H.G.:	Old High German.
M.H.G.:	Middle High German.

The vowel	æ = a in glad	}
The diphthong	ǣ = a in hair	}	approximately.

The names Leo, Bugge, Rieger, etc., refer to authors of emendations.

Words beginning with ge- will be found under their root-word.

Obvious abbreviations, like subj., etc., are not included in this list.

LIST OF NAMES.

Ābel, Cain's brother, 108.

Ælf-here (gen. Ælf-heres, 2605), a kinsman of Wīglāf's, 2605.

Æsc-here, confidential adviser of King Hrōðgār (1326), older brother of Yrmenlāf (1325), killed by Grendel's mother, 1295, 1324, 2123.

Bān-stān, father of Breca, 524.

Bēo-wulf, son of Scyld, king of the Danes, 18, 19. After the death of his father, he succeeds to the throne of the Scyldings, 53. His son is Healfdene, 57.

Bēo-wulf (Bīowulf, 1988, 2390; gen. Bēowulfes, 857, etc., Bīowulfes, 2195, 2808, etc.; dat. Bēowulfe, 610, etc., Bīowulfe, 2325, 2843), of the race of the Gēatas. His father is the Wǣgmunding Ecgþēow (263, etc.); his mother a daughter of Hrēðel, king of the Gēatas (374), at whose court he is brought up after his seventh year with Hrēðel's sons, Herebeald, Hæðcyn, and Hygelāc, 2429 ff. In his youth lazy and unapt (2184 f., 2188 f.); as man he attains in the gripe of his hand the strength of thirty men, 379. Hence his victories in his combats with bare hands (711 ff., 2502 ff.), while fate denies him the victory in the battle with swords, 2683 f. His swimming-match with Breca in his youth, 506 ff. Goes with fourteen Gēatas to the assistance of the Danish king, Hrōðgār, against Grendel, 198 ff. His combat with Grendel, and his victory, 711 ff., 819 ff. He is, in consequence, presented with rich gifts by Hrōðgār, 1021 ff. His combat with Grendel's mother, 1442 ff. Having again received gifts, he leaves Hrōðgār (1818-1888), and returns to Hygelāc, 1964 ff.—After Hygelāc's last battle and death, he flees alone across the sea, 2360 f. In this battle he crushes Dæghrefn, one of the Hūgas, to death, 2502 f. He rejects at the same time Hygelāc's kingdom and the hand of his widow (2370 ff.), but carries on the government as guardian of the young Heardrēd, son of Hygelāc, 2378 ff. After Heardrēd's death, the kingdom falls to Bēowulf, 2208, 2390.—Afterwards, on an expedition to avenge the murdered Heardrēd, he kills the Scylfing, Ēadgils (2397), and probably conquers his country. —His fight with the drake, 2539 ff. His death, 2818. His burial, 3135 ff.

Breca (acc. Brecan, 506, 531), son of Bēanstān, 524. Chief of the Brondings, 521. His swimming-match with Bēowulf, 506 ff.

Brondingas (gen. Brondinga, 521), Breca, their chief, 521.

Brōsinga mene, corrupted from, or according to Müllenhoff, written by mistake for, Breosinga mene (O.N., Brisinga men, cf. Haupts Zeitschr. XII. 304), collar, which the Brisingas once possessed.

Cain (gen. Caines, 107): descended from him are Grendel and his kin, 107, 1262 ff.

Dæg-hrefn (dat. Dæghrefne, 2502), a warrior of the Hūgas, who, according to 2504-5, compared with 1203, and with 1208, seems to have been the slayer of King Hygelāc, in his battle against the allied Franks, Frisians, and Hūgas. Is crushed to death by Bēowulf in a hand-to-hand combat, 2502 ff.

Dene (gen. Dena, 242, etc., Denia, 2126, Deniga, 271, etc.; dat. Denum, 768, etc.), as subjects of Scyld and his descendants, they are also called Scyldings; and after the first king of the East Danes, Ing (Runenlied, 22), Ing-wine, 1045, 1320. They are also once called Hrēðmen, 445. On account of their renowned warlike character, they bore the names Gār-Dene, 1, 1857, Hring-Dene (Armor-Danes), 116, 1280, Beorht-Dene, 427, 610. The great extent of this people is indicated by their names from the four quarters of the heavens: Ēast-Dene, 392, 617, etc., West-Dene, 383, 1579, Sūð-Dene, 463, Norð-Dene, 784.—Their dwelling-place "in Scedelandum," 19, "on Scedenigge," 1687, "be sǣm twēonum," 1686.

Ecg-lāf (gen. Ecglāfes, 499), Hunferð's father, 499.

Ecg-þēow (nom. Ecgþēow, 263, Ecgþēo, 373; gen. Ecgþēowes, 529, etc., Ecgþīowes, 2000), a far-famed hero of the Gēatas, of the house of the Wǣgmundings. Bēowulf is the son of Ecgþēow, by the only daughter of Hrēðel, king of the Gēatas, 262, etc. Among the Wylfings, he has slain Heaðolāf (460), and in consequence he goes over the sea to the Danes (463), whose king, Hrōðgār, by means of gold, finishes the strife for him, 470.

Ecg-wela (gen. Ecg-welan, 1711). The Scyldings are called his descendants, 1711. Grein considers him the founder of the older dynasty of Danish kings, which closes with Heremōd. See Heremōd.

Elan, daughter of Healfdene, king of the Danes, (?) 62. According to the restored text, she is the wife of Ongenþēow, the Scylfing, 62, 63.

Earna-næs, the Eagle Cape in the land of the Gēatas, where occurred Bēowulf's fight with the drake, 3032.

Ēadgils (dat. Ēadgilse, 2393), son of Ōhthere, and grandson of Ongenþēow, the Scylfing, 2393. His older brother is

Ēanmund (gen. Ēanmundes, 2612). What is said about both in our poem (2201-2207, 2380-2397, 2612-2620) is obscure, but the following may be conjectured:—

The sons of Ōhthere, Ēanmund and Ēadgils, have rebelled against their father (2382), and must, in consequence, depart with their followers from Swīorīce, 2205-6, 2380. They come into the country of the Gēatas to Heardrēd (2380), but whether with friendly or hostile intent is not stated; but, according to 2203 f., we are to presume that they came against Heardrēd with designs of conquest. At a banquet (on feorme; or feorme, MS.) Heardrēd falls, probably through treachery, by the hand of one of the brothers, 2386, 2207. The murderer must have been Ēanmund, to whom, according to 2613, "in battle the revenge of Wēohstān brings death." Wēohstān takes revenge for his murdered king, and exercises upon Ēanmund's body the booty-right, and robs it of helm, breastplate, and sword (2616-17), which the slain man had received as gifts from his uncle, Onela, 2617-18. But Wēohstān does not speak willingly of this fight, although he has slain Onela's brother's son, 2619-20.—After Heardrēd's and Ēanmund's death, the descendant of Ongenþēow, Ēadgils, returns to his home, 2388. He must give way before Bēowulf, who has, since Heardrēd's death, ascended the throne of the Gēatas, 2390. But Bēowulf remembers it against him in after days, and the old feud breaks out anew, 2392-94. Ēadgils makes an invasion into the land of the Gēatas (2394-95), during which he falls at the hands of Bēowulf, 2397. The latter must have then obtained the sovereignty over the Swēonas (3005-6, where only the version, Scylfingas, can give a satisfactory sense).

Eofor (gen. Eofores, 2487, 2965; dat. Jofore, 2994, 2998), one of the Gēatas, son of Wonrēd and brother of Wulf (2965, 2979), kills the Swedish king, Ongenþēow (2487 ff., 2978-82), for which he receives from King Hygelāc, along with other gifts, his only daughter in marriage, 2994-99.

Eormen-rīc (gen. Eormenrīces, 1202), king of the Goths (cf. about him, W. Grimm, Deutsche Heldensage, p. 2, ff.). Hāma has wrested the Brōsinga mene from him, 1202.

Eomǣr, son of Offa and Þrȳðo (cf. Þrȳðo), 1961.

Eotenas (gen. pl. Eotena, 1073, 1089, 1142; dat. Eotenum, 1146), the subjects of Finn, the North Frisians: distinguished from eoton, giant. Vid eoton. Cf. Bugge, Beit., xii. 37; Earle, Beowulf in Prose, pp. 146, 198.

Finn (gen. Finnes, 1069, etc.; dat. Finne, 1129), son of Folcwalda (1090), king of the North Frisians, i.e. of the Eotenas, husband of Hildeburg, a daughter of Hōc, 1072, 1077. He is the hero of the inserted poem on the Attack in Finnsburg, the obscure incidents of which are, perhaps, as follows: In Finn's castle, Finnsburg, situated in Jutland (1126-28), the Hōcing, Hnæf, a relative—perhaps a brother—of Hildeburg is spending some time as guest. Hnæf, who is a liegeman of the Danish king, Healfdene, has sixty men with him (Finnsburg, 38). These are treacherously attacked one night by Finn's men, 1073. For five days they hold the doors of their lodging-place without losing one of their number (Finnsburg, 41, 42). Then, however, Hnæf is slain (1071), and the Dane, Hengest, who was among Hnæf's followers, assumes the command of the beleaguered band. But on the attacking side the fight has brought terrible losses to Finn's men. Their numbers are diminished (1081 f.), and Hildeburg bemoans a son and a brother among the fallen (1074 f., cf. 1116, 1119). Therefore the Frisians offer the Danes peace (1086) under the conditions mentioned (1087-1095), and it is confirmed with oaths (1097), and money is given by Finn in propitiation (1108). Now all who have survived the battle go together to Friesland, the homo proper of Finn, and here Hengest remains during the winter, prevented by ice and storms from returning home (Grein). But in spring the feud breaks out anew. Gūðlāf and Oslāf avenge Hnæf's fall, probably after they have brought help from home (1150). In the battle, the hall is filled with the corpses of the enemy. Finn himself is killed, and the queen is captured and carried away, along with the booty, to the land of the Danes, 1147-1160.

Finna land. Bēowulf reaches it in his swimming-race with Breca, 580.

Fitela, the son and nephew of the Wälsing, Sigemund, and his companion in arms, 876-890. (Sigemund had begotten Fitela by his sister, Signȳ. Cf. more at length Leo on Bēowulf, p. 38 ff., where an extract from the legend of the Walsungs is given.)

Folc-walda (gen. Folc-waldan, 1090), Finn's father, 1090.

Francan (gen. Francna, 1211; dat. Froncum, 2913). King Hygelāc fell on an expedition against the allied Franks, Frisians, and Hūgas, 1211, 2917.

Frēsan, Frȳsan (gen. Frēsena, 1094, Frȳsna, 1105, Frēsna, 2916: dat. Frȳsum, 1208, 2913). To be distinguished, are: 1) North Frisians, whose king is Finn, 1069 ff.; 2) West Frisians, in alliance with the Franks and Hūgas, in the war against whom Hygelāc falls, 1208, 2916. The country of the former is called Frȳsland, 1127; that of the latter, Frēsna land, 2916.

Fr..es wæl (in Fr..es wæle, 1071), mutilated proper name.

Frēawaru, daughter of the Danish king, Hrōðgār; given in marriage to Ingeld, the son of the Heaðobeard king, Frōda, in order to end a war between the Danes and the Heaðobeardnas, 2023 ff., 2065.

Frōda (gen. Frōdan), father of Ingeld, the husband of Frēaware, 2026.

Gārmund (gen. Gārmundes, 1963) father of Offa. His grandson is Ēomǣr, 1961-63.

Gēatas (gen. Gēata, 205, etc.; dat. Gēatum, 195, etc.), a tribe in Southern Scandinavia, to which the hero of this poem belongs; also called Wedergēatas, 1493, 2552; or, Wederas, 225, 423, etc.; Gūðgēatas, 1539; Sǣgēatas, 1851, 1987. Their kings named in this poem are: Hrēðel; Hæðcyn, second son of Hrēðel; Hygelāc, the brother of Hæðcyn; Heardrēd, son of Hygelāc; then Bēowulf.

Gifðas (dat. Gifðum, 2495), Gepidǣ, mentioned in connection with Danes and Swedes, 2495.

Grendel, a fen-spirit (102-3) of Cain's race, 107, 111, 1262, 1267. He breaks every night into Hrōðgār's hall and carries off thirty warriors, 115 ff., 1583ff. He continues this for twelve years, till Bēowulf fights with him (147, 711 ff.), and gives him a mortal wound, in that he tears out one of his arms (817), which is hung up as a trophy in the roof of Heorot, 837. Grendel's mother wishes to avenge her son, and the following night breaks into the hall and carries off Æschere, 1295. Bēowulf seeks for and finds her home in the fen-lake (1493 ff.), fights with her (1498 ff.), and kills her (1567); and cuts off the head of Grendel, who lay there dead (1589), and brings it to Hrōðgār, 1648.

Gūð-lāf and Oslāf, Danish warriors under Hnæf, whose death they avenge on Finn, 1149.

Hālga, with the surname, til, the younger brother of the Danish king, Hrōðgār, 61. His son is Hrōðulf, 1018, 1165, 1182.

Hāma wrests the Brōsinga mene from Eormenrīc, 1199.

Hæreð (gen. Hæreðes, 1982), father of Hygd, the wife of Hygelāc, 1930, 1982.

Hæðcyn (dat. Hæðcynne, 2483), second son of Hrēðel, king of the Gēatas, 2435. Kills his oldest brother, Herebeald, accidentally, with an arrow, 2438 ff. After Hrēðel's death, he obtains the kingdom, 2475, 2483. He falls at Ravenswood, in the battle against the Swedish king, Ongenþēow, 2925. His successor is his younger brother, Hygelāc, 2944 ff., 2992.

Helmingas (gen. Helminga, 621). From them comes Wealhþēow, Hrōðgār's wife, 621.

Heming (gen. Heminges, 1945, 1962). Offa is called Heminges mǣg, 1945; Ēomǣr, 1962. According to Bachlechner (Pfeiffer's Germania, I., p. 458), Heming is the son of the sister of Gārmund, Offa's father.

Hengest (gen. Hengestes, 1092; dat. Hengeste, 1084): about him and his relations to Hnæf and Finn, see Finn.

Here-beald (dat. Herebealde, 2464), the oldest son of Hrēðel, king of the Gēatas (2435), accidentally killed with an arrow by his younger brother, Hæðcyn, 2440.

Here-mōd (gen. Heremōdes, 902), king of the Danes, not belonging to the Scylding dynasty, but, according to Grein, immediately preceding it; is, on account of his unprecedented cruelty, driven out, 902 ff., 1710.

Here-rīc (gen. Hererīces, 2207) Heardrēd is called Hererīces nefa, 2207. Nothing further is known of him.

Het-ware or Franks, in alliance with the Frisians and the Hūgas, conquer Hygelāc, king of the Gēatas, 2355, 2364 ff., 2917.

Healf-dene (gen. Healfdenes, 189, etc.), son of Bēowulf, the Scylding (57); rules the Danes long and gloriously (57 f.); has three sons, Heorogār, Hrōðgār, and Hālga (61), and a daughter, Elan, who, according to the renewed text of the passage, was married to the Scylfing, Ongenþēow, 62, 63.

Heard-rēd (dat. Heardrēde, 2203, 2376), son of Hygelāc, king of the Gēatas, and Hygd. After his father's death, while still under age, he obtains the throne (2371, 2376, 2379); wherefore Bēowulf, as nephew of Heardrēd's father, acts as guardian to the youth till he becomes older, 2378. He is slain by Ōhthere's sons, 2386. This murder Bēowulf avenges on Ēadgils, 2396-97.

Heaðo-beardnas (gen. -beardna, 2033, 2038, 2068), the tribe of the Lombards. Their king, Frōda, has fallen in a war with the Danes, 2029, 2051. In order to end the feud, King Hrōðgār has given his daughter, Frēawaru, as wife to the young Ingeld, the son of Frōda, a marriage that does not result happily; for Ingeld, though he long defers it on account of his love for his wife, nevertheless takes revenge for his father, 2021-2070 (Wīdsīð, 45-49).

Heaðo-lāf (dat. Heaðo-lāfe, 460), a Wylfingish warrior. Ecgþēow, Bēowulf's father, kills him, 460.

Heaðo-rǣmas reached by B. in the swimming-race with Bēowulf, 519.

Heoro-gār (nom. 61; Heregār, 467; Hiorogār, 2159), son of Healfdene, and older brother of Hrōðgār, 61. His death is mentioned, 467. He has a son, Heoroweard, 2162. His coat of mail Bēowulf has received from Hrōðgār (2156), and presents it to Hygelāc, 2158.

Heoro-weard (dat. Heorowearde, 2162), Heorogār's son, 2161-62.

Heort, 78. Heorot, 166 (gen. Heorotes, 403; dat. Heorote, 475, Heorute, 767, Hiorte, 2100). Hrōðgār's throne-room and banqueting hall and assembly-room for his liegemen, built by him with unusual splendor, 69, 78. In it occurs Bēowulf's fight with Grendel, 720 ff. The hall receives its name from the stag's antlers, of which the one-half crowns the eastern gable, the other half the western.

Hildeburh, daughter of Hōc, relative of the Danish leader, Hnæf, consort of the Frisian king, Finn. After the fall of the latter, she becomes a captive of the Danes, 1072, 1077, 1159. See also under Finn.

Hnæf (gen. Hnæfes, 1115), a Hōcing (Wīdsīð, 29), the Danish King Healfdene's general, 1070 ff. For his fight with Finn, his death and burial, see under Finn.

Hond-scīo, warrior of the Gēatas: dat. 2077.

Hōc (gen. Hōces, 1077), father of Hildeburh, 1077; probably also of Hnæf (Wīdsīð, 29).

Hrēðel (gen. Hrēðles, 1486), son of Swerting, 1204. King of the Gēatas, 374. He has, besides, a daughter, who is married to Ecgþēow, and has borne him Bēowulf, (374), three sons, Herebeald, Hæðcyn, and Hygelāc, 2435. The eldest of these is accidentally killed by the second, 2440. On account of this inexpiable deed, Hrēðel becomes melancholy (2443), and dies, 2475.

Hrēðla (gen. Hrēðlan, MS. Hrǣdlan, 454), the same as Hrēðel (cf. Müllenhoff in Haupts Zeitschrift, 12, 260), the former owner of Bēowulf's coat of mail, 454.

Hrēðling, son of Hrēðel, Hygelāc: nom. sg. 1924; nom. pl., the subjects of Hygelāc, the Geats, 2961.

Hrēð-men (gen. Hrēð-manna, 445), the Danes are so called, 445.

Hrēð-rīc, son of Hrōðgār, 1190, 1837.

Hrefna-wudu, 2926, or Hrefnes-holt, 2936, the thicket near which the Swedish king, Ongenþēow, slew Hæðcyn, king of the Gēatas, in battle.

Hrēosna-beorh, promontory in the land of the Gēatas, near which Ongenþēow's sons, Ōhthere and Onela, had made repeated robbing incursions into the country after Hrēðel's death. These were the immediate cause of the war in which Hrēðel's son, King Hæcyn, fell, 2478 ff.

Hrōð-gār (gen. Hrōðgāres, 235, etc.; dat. Hrōðgāre, 64, etc.), of the dynasty of the Scyldings; the second of the three sons of King Healfdene, 61. After the death of his elder brother, Heorogār, he assumes the government of the Danes, 465, 467 (yet it is not certain whether Heorogār was king of the Danes before Hrōðgār, or whether his death occurred while his father, Healfdene, was still alive). His consort is Wealhþēow (613), of the stock of the Helmings (621), who has borne him two sons, Hrēðrīc and Hrōðmund (1190), and a daughter, Frēaware (2023), who has been given in marriage to the king of the Heaðobeardnas, Ingeld. His throne-room (78 ff.), which has been built at great cost (74 ff.), is visited every night by Grendel (102, 115), who, along with his mother, is slain by Bēowulf (711 ff., 1493 ff). Hrōðgār's rich gifts to Bēowulf, in consequence, 1021, 1818; he is praised as being generous, 71 ff., 80, 1028 ff., 1868 ff.; as being brave, 1041 ff., 1771 ff.; and wise, 1699, 1725.—Other information about Hrōðgār's reign for the most part only suggested: his expiation of the murder which Ecgþēow, Bēowulf's father, committed upon Heaðolāf, 460, 470; his war with the Heaðobeardnas; his adjustment of it by giving his daughter, Frēaware, in marriage to their king, Ingeld; evil results of this marriage, 2021-2070.—Treachery of his brother's son, Hrōðulf, intimated, 1165-1166.

Hrōð-mund, Hrōðgār's son, 1190.

Hrōð-ulf, probably a son of Hālga, the younger brother of King Hrōðgār, 1018, 1182. Wealhþēow expresses the hope (1182) that, in case of the early death of Hrōðgār, Hrōð-ulf would prove a good guardian to Hrōðgār's young son, who would succeed to the government; a hope which seems not to have been accomplished, since it appears from 1165, 1166 that Hrōð-ulf has abused his trust towards Hrōðgār.

Hrones-næs (dat. -næsse, 2806, 3137), a promontory on the coast of the country of the Gēatas, visible from afar. Here is Bēowulf's grave-mound, 2806, 3137.

Hrunting (dat. Hruntinge, 1660), Hunferð's sword, is so called, 1458, 1660.

Hūgas (gen. Hūga, 2503), Hygelāc wars against them allied with the Franks and Frisians, and falls, 2195 ff. One of their heroes is called Dæghrefn, whom Bēowulf slays, 2503.

[H]ūn-ferð, the son of Ecglāf, þyle of King Hrōðgār. As such, he has his place near the throne of the king, 499, 500, 1167. He lends his sword, Hrunting, to Bēowulf for his battle with Grendel's mother, 1456 f. According to 588, 1168, he slew his brothers. Since his name is always alliterated with vowels, it is probable that the original form was, as Rieger (Zachers Ztschr., 3, 414) conjectures, Unferð.

Hūn-lāfing, name of a costly sword, which Finn presents to Hengest, 1144. See Note.

Hygd (dat. Hygde, 2173), daughter of Hæreð, 1930; consort of Hygelāc, king of the Gēatas, 1927; her son, Heardrēd, 2203, etc.—Her noble, womanly character is emphasized, 1927 ff.

Hyge-lāc (gen. Hige-lāces, 194, etc., Hygelāces, 2387; dat. Higelāce, 452, Hygelāce, 2170), king of the Gēatas, 1203, etc. His grandfather is Swerting, 1204; his father, Hrēðel, 1486, 1848; his older brothers, Herebeald and Hæðcyn, 2435; his sister's son, Bēowulf, 374, 375. After his brother, Hæðcyn, is killed by Ongenþēow, he undertakes the government (2992 in connection with the preceding from 2937 on). To Eofor he gives, as reward for slaying Ongenþēow, his only daughter in marriage, 2998. But much later, at the time of the return of Bēowulf from his expedition to Hrōðgār, we see him married to the very young Hygd, the daughter of Hæreð, 1930. The latter seems, then, to have been his second wife. Their son is Heardrēd, 2203, 2376, 2387.—Hygelāc falls during an expedition against the Franks, Frisians, and Hūgas, 1206, 1211, 2356-59, 2916-17.

Ingeld (dat. Ingelde, 2065), son of Frōda, the Heaðobeard chief, who fell in a battle with the Danes, 2051 ff. in order to end the war, Ingeld is married to Frēawaru, daughter of the Danish king, Hrōðgār, 2025-30. Yet his love for his young wife can make him forget only for a short while his desire to avenge his father. He finally carries it out, excited thereto by the repeated admonitions of an old warrior, 2042-70 (Wīdsīð, 45-59).

Ing-wine (gen. Ingwina, 1045, 1320), friends of Ing, the first king of the East Danes. The Danes are so called, 1045, 1320.

Mere-wīoingas (gen. Mere-wīoinga, 2922), as name of the Franks, 2922.

Nægling, the name of Bēowulf's sword, 2681.

Offa (gen. Offan, 1950), king of the Angles (Wīdsīð, 35), the son of Gārmund, 1963; married (1950) to Þrȳðo (1932), a beautiful but cruel woman, of unfeminine spirit (1932 ff.), by whom he has a son, Ēomǣr, 1961.

Ōht-here (gen. Ōhtheres, 2929, 2933; Ōhteres, 2381, 2393, 2395, 2613), son of Ongenþēow, king of the Swedes, 2929. His sons are Ēanmund (2612) and Ēadgils, 2393.

Onela (gen. Onelan, 2933), Ōhthere's brother, 2617, 2933.

Ongen-þēow (nom. -þēow, 2487, -þīo, 2952; gen. -þēowes, 2476, -þīowes, 2388; dat. -þīo, 2987), of the dynasty of the Scylfings; king of the Swedes, 2384. His wife is, perhaps, Elan, daughter of the Danish king, Healfdene (62), and mother of two sons, Onela and Ōhthere, 2933. She is taken prisoner by Hæðcyn, king of the Gēatas, on an expedition into Sweden, which he undertakes on account of her sons' plundering raids into his country, 2480 ff. She is set free by Ongenþēow (2931), who kills Hæðcyn, 2925, and encloses the Gēatas, now deprived of their leader, in the Ravenswood (2937 ff.), till they are freed by Hygelāc, 2944. A battle then follows, which is unfavorable to Ongenþēow's army. Ongenþēow himself, attacked by the brothers, Wulf and Eofor, is slain by the latter, 2487 ff., 2962 ff.

Ōs-lāf, a warrior of Hnæf's, who avenges on Finn his leader's death, 1149 f.

Scede-land, 19. Sceden-īg (dat. Sceden-īgge, 1687), O.N., Scān-ey, the most southern portion of the Scandinavian peninsula, belonging to the Danish kingdom, and, in the above-mentioned passages of our poem, a designation of the whole Danish kingdom.

Scēf or Scēaf. See Note.

Scēfing, the son (?) of Scēf, or Scēaf, reputed father of Scyld, 4. See Note.

Scyld (gen. Scyldes, 19), a Scēfing. 4. His son is Bēowulf, 18, 53: his grandson, Healfdene, 57; his great-grandson, Hrōðgār, who had two brothers and a sister, 59 ff.—Scyld dies, 26; his body, upon a decorated ship, is given over to the sea (32 ff.), just as he, when a child, drifted alone, upon a ship, to the land of the Danes, 43 ff. After him his descendants bear his name.

Scyldingas (Scyldungas, 2053; gen. Scyldinga, 53, etc., Scyldunga, 2102, 2160; dat. Scyldingum, 274, etc.), a name which is extended also to the Danes, who are ruled by the Scyldings, 53, etc. They are also called Ār-Scyldingas, 464; Sige-Scyldingas, 598, 2005; Þēod-Scyldingas, 1020; Here-Scyldingas, 1109.

Scylfingas, a Swedish royal family, whose relationship seems to extend to the Gēatas, since Wīglāf, the son of Wīhstān, who in another place, as a kinsman of Bēowulf, is called a Wǣgmunding (2815), is also called lēod Scylfinga, 2604. The family connections are perhaps as follows:—

              Scylf.
                |
     ------------------------
     Wǣgmund.         .......
        |                |
------------------  ----------
Ecgþēow.  Wēohstān.  Ongenþēow.
   |         |           |
-------- -------- ---------------
Bēowulf.  Wīglāf.  Onela. Ōhthere.
                             |
                 -----------------
                 Ēaumund. Ēadgils.

The Scylfings are also called Heaðo-Scilfingas, 63, Gūð-Scylfingas, 2928.

Sige-mund (dat. -munde, 876, 885), the son of Wæls, 878, 898. His (son and ) nephew is Fitela, 880, 882. His fight with the drake, 887 ff.

Swerting (gen. Swertinges, 1204), Hygelāc's grandfather, and Hrēðel's father, 1204.

Swēon (gen. Swēona, 2473, 2947, 3002), also Swēo-þēod, 2923. The dynasty of the Scylfings rules over them, 2382, 2925. Their realm is called Swīorice, 2384, 2496.

Þrȳðo, consort of the Angle king, Offa, 1932, 1950. Mother of Ēomǣr, 1961, notorious on account of her cruel, unfeminine character, 1932 ff. She is mentioned as the opposite to the mild, dignified Hygd, the queen of the Gēatas.

Wæls (gen. Wælses, 898), father of Sigemund, 878, 898.

Wǣg-mundingas (gen. Wǣgmundinga, 2608, 2815). The Wǣgmundings are on one side, Wīhstān and his son Wīglāf; on the other side, Ecgþēow and his son Bēowulf (2608, 2815). See under Scylfingas.

Wederas (gen. Wedera, 225, 423, 498, etc.), or Weder-gēatas. See Gēatas.

Wēland (gen. Wēlandes, 455), the maker of Bēowulf's coat of mail, 455.

Wendlas (gen. Wendla, 348): their chief is Wulfgār. See Wulfgār. The Wendlas are, according to Grundtvig and Bugge, the inhabitants of Vendill, the most northern part of Jutland, between Limfjord and the sea.

Wealh-þēow (613, Wealh-þēo, 665, 1163), the consort of King Hrōðgār, of the stock of the Helmings, 621. Her sons are Hrēðrīc and Hrōðmund, 1190; her daughter, Frēawaru, 2023.

Wēoh-stān (gen. Wēox-stānes, 2603, Wēoh-stānes, 2863, Wih-stānes, 2753, 2908, etc.), a Wǣgmunding (2608), father of Wīglāf, 2603. In what relationship to him Ælfhere, mentioned 2605, stands, is not clear.—Wēohstān is the slayer of Ēanmund (2612), in that, as it seems, he takes revenge for his murdered king, Heardrēd. See Ēanmund.

Wīg-lāf, Wēohstān's son, 2603, etc., a Wǣgmunding, 2815, and so also a Scylfing, 2604; a kinsman of Ælfhere, 2605. For his relationship to Bēowulf, see the genealogical table under Scylfingas.—He supports Bēowulf in his fight with the drake, 2605 ff., 2662 ff. The hero gives him, before his death, his ring, his helm, and his coat of mail, 2810 ff.

Won-rēd (gen. Wonrēdes, 2972), father of Wulf and Eofor, 2966, 2979.

Wulf (dat. Wulfe, 2994), one of the Gēatas, Wonrēd's son. He fights in the battle between the armies of Hygelāc and Ongenþēow with Ongenþēow himself, and gives him a wound (2966), whereupon Ongenþēow, by a stroke of his sword, disables him, 2975. Eofor avenges his brother's fall by dealing Ongenþēow a mortal blow, 2978 ff.

Wulf-gār, chief of the Wendlas, 348, lives at Hrōðgār's court, and is his "ār and ombiht," 335.

Wylfingas (dat. Wylfingum, 461). Ecgþēow has slain Heoðolāf, a warrior of this tribe, 460.

Yrmen-lāf, younger brother of Æschere, 1325.

---

ABBREVIATIONS.

B.:	Bugge.
Br.:	S.A. Brooke, Hist. of Early Eng. Lit.
C.:	Cosijn.
E.:	Earle, Deeds of Beowulf in Prose.
G.:	Garnett, Translation of Beowulf
Gr.:	Grein.
H.:	Heyne.
Ha.:	Hall, Translation of Beowulf.
H.-So.:	Heyne-Socin, 5th ed.
Ho.:	Holder.
K.:	Kemble.
Kl.:	Kluge.
Müllenh.:	Müllenhoff.
R.:	Rieger.
S.:	Sievers.
Sw.:	Sweet, Anglo-Saxon Reader, 6th ed.
Ten Br.:	Ten Brink.
Th.:	Thorpe.
Z.:	Zupitza.

PERIODICALS.

Ang.:	Anglia.
Beit.:	Paul und Branne's Beiträge.
Eng. Stud.:	Englische Studien.
Germ.:	Germania.
Haupts Zeitschr.:	Haupts Zeitschrift, etc.
Mod. Lang. Notes:	Modern Language Notes.
Tidskr.:	Tidskrift for Philologi.
Zachers Zeitschr.:	Zachers Zeitschrift, etc.

NOTES.

l. 1. hwæt: for this interjectional formula opening a poem, cf. Andreas, Daniel, Juliana, Exodus, Fata Apost., Dream of the Rood, and the "Listenith lordinges!" of mediaeval lays.—E. Cf. Chaucer, Prologue, ed. Morris, l. 853:

wē ... gefrūnon is a variant on the usual epic formulǣ ic gefrægn (l. 74) and mīne gefrǣge (l. 777). Exodus, Daniel, Phoenix, etc., open with the same formula.

l. 1. "Gār was the javelin, armed with two of which the warrior went into battle, and which he threw over the 'shield-wall.' It was barbed."—Br. 124. Cf. Maldon, l. 296; Judith, l. 224; Gnom. Verses, l. 22; etc.

l. 4. "Scild of the Sheaf, not 'Scyld the son of Scaf'; for it is too inconsistent, even in myth, to give a patronymic to a foundling. According to the original form of the story, Scēaf was the foundling; he had come ashore with a sheaf of corn, and from that was named. This form of the story is preserved in Ethelwerd and in William of Malmesbury. But here the foundling is Scyld, and we must suppose he was picked up with the sheaf, and hence his cognomen."—E., p. 105. Cf. the accounts of Romulus and Remus, of Moses, of Cyrus, etc.

l. 6. egsian is also used in an active sense (not in the Gloss.), = to terrify.

l. 15. S. suggests þā (which) for þæt, as object of drēogan; and for aldor-lēase, Gr. suggested aldor-ceare.—Beit. ix. 136.

S. translates: "For God had seen the dire need which the rulerless ones before endured."

l. 18. "Beowulf (that is, Beaw of the Anglo-Saxon genealogists, not our Beowulf, who was a Geat, not a Dane), 'the son of Scyld in Scedeland.' This is our ancestral myth,—the story of the first culture-hero of the North; 'the patriarch,' as Rydberg calls him, 'of the royal families of Sweden, Denmark, Angeln, Saxland, and England.'"—Br., p. 78. Cf. A.-S. Chron. an. 855.

H.-So. omits parenthetic marks, and reads (after S., Beit. ix. 135) eaferan; cf. Fata Apost.: lof wīde sprang þēodnes þegna.

"The name Bēowulf means literally 'Bee-wolf,' wolf or ravager of the bees, = bear. Cf. beorn, 'hero,' originally 'bear,' and bēohata, 'warrior,' in Cǣdmon, literally 'bee-hater' or 'persecutor,' and hence identical in meaning with bēowulf."—Sw.

Cf.

Cf. M. Müller, Science of Lang., Sec. Series, pp. 217, 218; and Hunt's Daniel, 104.

l. 19. Cf. l. 1866, where Scedenig is used, = Scania, in Sweden(?).

l. 21. wine is pl.; cf. its apposition wil-gesīðas below. H.-So. compares Héliand, 1017, for language almost identical with ll. 20, 21.

l. 22. on ylde: cf.

l. 26. Reflexive objects often pleonastically accompany verbs of motion; cf. ll. 234, 301, 1964, etc.

l. 31. The object of āhte is probably geweald, to be supplied from wordum wēold of l. 30.—H.-So.

R., Kl., and B. all hold conflicting views of this passage: Beit. xii. 80, ix. 188; Zachers Zeitschr. iii. 382, etc. Kl. suggests lǣndagas for lange.

l. 32. "hringed-stefna is sometimes translated 'with curved prow,' but it means, I think, that in the prow were fastened rings through which the cables were passed that tied it to the shore."—Br., p. 26. Cf. ll. 1132, 1898. Hring-horni was the mythic ship of the Edda. See Toller-Bosworth for three different views; and cf. wunden-stefna (l. 220), hring-naca (l. 1863).

ll. 34-52. Cf. the burial of Haki on a funeral-pyre ship, Inglinga Saga; the burial of Balder, Sinfiötli, Arthur, etc.

l. 35. "And this [their joy in the sea] is all the plainer from the number of names given to the ship-names which speak their pride and affection. It is the AEtheling's vessel, the Floater, the Wave-swimmer, the Ring-sterned, the Keel, the Well-bound wood, the Sea-wood, the Sea-ganger, the Sea-broad ship, the Wide-bosomed, the Prow-curved, the Wood of the curved neck, the Foam-throated floater that flew like a bird."—Br., p. 168.

l. 49. "We know from Scandinavian graves ... that the illustrious dead were buried ... in ships, with their bows to sea-ward; that they were however not sent to sea, but were either burnt in that position, or mounded over with earth."—E. See Du Chaillu, The Viking Age, xix.

l. 51. (1) sele-rǣdende (K., S., C.); (2) sēle-rǣdenne (H.); (3) sele-rǣdende (H.-So.). Cf. l. 1347; and see Ha.

l. 51. E. compares with this canto Tennyson's "Passing of Arthur" and the legendary burial-journey of St. James of Campostella, an. 800.

l. 53. The poem proper begins with this, "There was once upon a time," the first 52 lines being a prelude. Eleven of the "fitts," or cantos, begin with the monosyllable þā, four with the verb gewītan, nine with the formula Hrōðgār (Bēowulf, Unferð) maðelode, twenty-four with monosyllables in general (him, swā, sē, hwæt, þā, heht, wæs, mæg, cwōm, strǣt).

l. 58. gamel. "The ... characteristics of the poetry are the use of archaic forms and words, such as mec for mé, the possessive sín, gamol, dógor, swát for eald, dǣg, blód, etc., after they had become obsolete in the prose language, and the use of special compounds and phrases, such as hildenǣdre (war-adder) for 'arrow,' gold-gifa (gold-giver) for 'king,' ... goldwine gumena (goldfriend of men, distributor of gold to men) for 'king,'" etc.—Sw. Other poetic words are ides, ielde (men), etc.

l. 60. H.-So. reads rǣswa (referring to Heorogār alone), and places a point (with the Ms.) after Heorogār instead of after rǣswa. Cf. l. 469; see B., Zachers Zeitschr. iv. 193.

l. 62. Elan here (OHG. Elana, Ellena, Elena, Elina, Alyan) is thought by B. (Tidskr. viii. 43) to be a remnant of the masc. name Onela, and he reads: [On-]elan ewēn, Heaðoscilfingas(=es) healsgebedda.

l. 68. For hē, omitted here, cf. l. 300. Pronouns are occasionally thus omitted in subord. clauses.—Sw.

l. 70. þone, here = þonne, than, and micel = māre? The passage, by a slight change, might be made to read, medo-ærn micle      mā gewyrcean,—þone = by much larger than,—in which þone (þonne) would come in naturally.

l. 73. folc-scare. Add folk-share to the meanings in the Gloss.; and cf. gūð-scearu.

l. 74. ic wide gefrægn: an epic formula very frequent in poetry, = men said. Cf. Judith, ll. 7, 246; Phoenix, l. 1; and the parallel (noun) formula, mīne gefrǣge, ll. 777, 838, 1956, etc.

ll. 78-83. "The hall was a rectangular, high-roofed, wooden building, its long sides facing north and south. The two gables, at either end, had stag-horns on their points, curving forwards, and these, as well as the ridge of the roof, were probably covered with shining metal, and glittered bravely in the sun."—Br., p. 32.

l. 84. Son-in-law and father-in-law; B., a so-called dvanda compound. Cf. l. 1164, where a similar compound means uncle and nephew; and Wīdsīð's suhtorfǣdran, used of the same persons.

l. 88. "The word drēam conveys the buzz and hum of social happiness, and more particularly the sound of music and singing."—E. Cf. l. 3021; and Judith, l. 350; Wanderer, l. 79, etc.

ll. 90-99. There is a suspicious similarity between this passage and the lines attributed by Bede to Cǣdmon:

ll. 90-98 are probably the interpolation of a Christian scribe.

ll. 92-97. "The first of these Christian elements [in Bēowulf] is the sense of a fairer, softer world than that in which the Northern warriors lived.... Another Christian passage (ll. 107, 1262) derives all the demons, eotens, elves, and dreadful sea-beasts from the race of Cain. The folly of sacrificing to the heathen gods is spoken of (l. 175).... The other point is the belief in immortality (ll. 1202, 1761)."—Br. 71.

l. 100. Cf. l. 2211, where the third dragon of the poem is introduced in the same words. Beowulf is the forerunner of that other national dragon-slayer, St. George.

l. 100. onginnan in Bēowulf is treated like verbs of motion and modal auxiliaries, and takes the object inf. without tō; cf. ll. 872, 1606, 1984, 244. Cf. gan (= did) in Mid. Eng.: gan espye (Chaucer, Knightes Tale, l. 254, ed. Morris).

l. 101. B. and H.-So. read, fēond on healle; cf. l. 142.—Beit. xii.

ll. 101-151. "Grimm connects [Grendel] with the Anglo-Saxon grindel (a bolt or bar).... It carries with it the notion of the bolts and bars of hell, and hence a fiend. ... Ettmüller was the first ... to connect the name with grindan, to grind, to crush to pieces, to utterly destroy. Grendel is then the tearer, the destroyer."—Br., p. 83.

l. 102. gæst = stranger (Ha.); cf. ll. 1139, 1442, 2313, etc.

l. 103. See Ha., p. 4.

l. 105 MS. and Ho. read won-sǣli.

l. 106. "The perfect and pluperfect are often expressed, as in Modern English, by hǣfð and hǣfde with the past participle."—Sw. Cf. ll. 433, 408, 940, 205 (p. p. inflected in the last two cases), etc.

l. 106. S. destroys period here, reads in Caines, etc., and puts þone ... drihten in parenthesis.

l. 108. þæs þe = because, especially after verbs of thanking (cf. ll. 228, 627, 1780, 2798); according as (l. 1351).

l. 108. The def. article is omitted with Drihten (Lord) and Deofol (devil; cf. l. 2089), as it is, generally, sparingly employed in poetry; cf. tō sǣ (l. 318), ofer sǣ (l. 2381), on lande (l. 2311), tō ræste (l. 1238), on wicge (l. 286), etc., etc.

l. 119. weras (S., H.-So.); wera (K., Th.).—Beit. ix. 137.

l. 120. unfǣlo = uncanny (R.).

l. 131. E. translates, majestic rage; adopting Gr.'s view that swyð is = Icel. sviði, a burn or burning. Cf. l. 737.

l. 142. B. supposes heal-þegnes to be corrupted from helþegnes; cf. l. 101.—Beit. xii. 80. See Gūðlāc, l. 1042.

l. 144. See Ha., p. 6, for S.'s rearrangement.

l. 146. S. destroys period after sēlest, puts wæs ... micel in parenthesis, and inserts a colon after tīd.

l. 149. B. reads sārcwidum for syððan.

l. 154. B. takes sibbe for accus. obj. of wolde, and places a comma after Deniga.—Beit. xii. 82.

l. 159. R. suggests ac se for atol.

l. 168. H.-So. plausibly conjectures this parenthesis to be a late insertion, as, at ll. 180-181, the Danes also are said to be heathen. Another commentator considers the throne under a "spell of enchantment," and therefore it could not be touched.

l. 169. nē ... wisse: nor had he desire to do so (W.). See Ha., p. 7, for other suggestions.

l. 169. myne wisse occurs in Wanderer, l. 27.

l. 174. The gerundial inf. with tō expresses purpose, defines a noun or adjective, or, with the verb be, expresses duty or necessity passively; cf. ll. 257, 473, 1004, 1420, 1806, etc. Cf. tō + inf. at ll. 316, 2557.

ll. 175-188. E. regards this passage as dating the time and place of the poem relatively to the times of heathenism. Cf. the opening lines, In days of yore, etc., as if the story, even then, were very old.

l. 177. gāst-bona is regarded by Ettmüller and G. Stephens (Thunor, p. 54) as an epithet of Thor (= giant-killer), a kenning for Thunor or Thor, meaning both man and monster.—E.

l. 189. Cf. l. 1993, where similar language is used. H.-So. takes both mōd-ceare and mǣl-ceare as accus., others as instr.

ll. 190, 1994. sēað: for this use of sēoðan cf. Bede, Eccles. Hist., ed. Miller, p. 128, where p. p. soden is thus used.

l. 194. fram hām = in his home (S., H.-So.); but fram hām may be for fram him (from them, i.e. his people, or from Hrothgar's). Cf. Ha., p. 8.

l. 197. Cf. ll. 791, 807, for this fixed phrase.

l. 200. See Andreas, Elene, and Juliana for swan-rād (= sea). "The swan is said to breed wild now no further away than the North of Sweden." —E. Cf. ganotes bæð, l. 1862.

l. 203. Concessive clauses with þēah, þēah þe, þēah ... eal, vary with subj. and ind., according as fact or contingency is dominant in the mind; cf. ll. 526, 1168, 2032, etc. (subj.), 1103, 1614 (ind.). Cf. gif, nefne.

l. 204. hǣl, an OE. word found in Wülker's Glossaries in various forms, = augury, omen, divination, etc. Cf. hǣlsere, augur; hǣl, omen; hǣlsung, augurium, hǣlsian, etc. Cf. Tac., Germania, 10.

l. 207. C. adds "= impetrare" to the other meanings of findan given in the Gloss.

l. 217. Cf. l. 1910; and Andreas, l. 993.—E. E. compares Byron's

and Scott's

l. 218. Cf.

l 218. MS. and Ho. read fāmi-heals.

l. 219. Does ān-tīd mean hour (Th.), or corresponding hour = ānd-tīd (H.-So.), or in due time (E.), or after a time, when ōþres, etc., would be adv. gen.? See C., Beit. viii. 568.

l. 224. eoletes may = (1) voyage; (2) toil, labor; (3) hurried journey; but sea or fjord appears preferable.

ll. 229-257. "The scenery ... is laid on the coast of the North Sea and the Kattegat, the first act of the poem among the Danes in Seeland, the second among the Geats in South Sweden."—Br., p. 15.

l. 239. "A shoal of simple terms express in Bēowulf the earliest sea-thoughts of the English.... The simplest term is Sǣ.... To this they added Wǣter, Flod, Stream, Lagu, Mere, Holm, Grund, Heathu, Sund, Brim, Garsecg, Eagor, Geofon, Fifel, Hron-rad, Swan-rad, Segl-rad, Ganotes-bǣð."—Br., p. 163-166.

l. 239. "The infinitive is often used in poetry after a verb of motion where we should use the present participle."—Sw. Cf. ll. 711, 721, 1163 1803, 268, etc. Cf. German spazieren fahren reiten, etc., and similar constructions in French, etc.

l. 240, W. reads hringed-stefnan for helmas bǣron. B. inserts (?) after holmas and begins a new line at the middle of the verse. S. omits B.'s "on the wall."

l. 245. Double and triple negatives strengthen each other and do not produce an affirmative in A.-S. or M. E. The neg. is often prefixed to several emphatic words in the sentence, and readily contracts with vowels, and h or w; cf. ll. 863, 182, 2125, 1509, 575, 583, 3016, etc.

l. 249. seld-guma = man-at-arms in another's house (Wood); = low-ranking fellow (Ha.); stubenhocker, stay-at-home (Gr.), Scott's "carpet knight," Marmion, i. 5.

l. 250. næfne (nefne, nemne) usually takes the subj., = unless; cf. ll. 1057, 3055, 1553. For ind., = except, see l. 1354. Cf. būtan, gif, þēah.

l. 250. For a remarkable account of armor and weapons in Bēowulf, see S. A. Brooke, Hist. of Early Eng. Lit. For general "Old Teutonic Life in Bēowulf," see J. A. Harrison, Overland Monthly.

l. 252. ǣr as a conj. generally has subj., as here; cf. ll. 264, 677, 2819, 732. For ind., cf. l. 2020.

l. 253. lēas = loose, roving. Ettmüller corrected to lēase.

l. 256. This proverb (ofest, etc.) occurs in Exod. (Hunt), l. 293.

l. 258. An "elder" may be a very young man; hence yldesta, = eminent, may be used of Beowulf. Cf. Laws of AElfred, C. 17: Nā þæt ǣlc eald sȳ, ac þæt hē eald sȳ on wīsdōme.

l. 273. Verbs of hearing and seeing are often followed by acc. with inf.; cf. ll. 229, 1024, 729, 1517, etc. Cf. German construction with sehen, horen, etc., French construction with voir, entendre, etc., and the classical constructions.

l. 275. dǣd-hata = instigator. Kl. reads dǣd-hwata.

l. 280. ed-wendan, n. (B.; cf. 1775), = edwenden, limited by bisigu. So ten Br. = Tidskr. viii. 291.

l. 287. "Each is denoted ... also by the strengthened forms ǽghwæðer (ǽgðer), éghwæðer, etc. This prefixed ǽ, óe corresponds to the Goth, aiw, OHG. eo, io, and is umlauted from á, ó by the i of the gi which originally followed."—Cook's Sievers' Gram., p. 190.

l. 292. "All through the middle ages suits of armour are called 'weeds.'"—E.

l. 299. MS. reads gōd-fremmendra. So H.-So.

l. 303. "An English warrior went into battle with a boar-crested helmet, and a round linden shield, with a byrnie of ringmail ... with two javelins or a single ashen spear some eight or ten feet long, with a long two-edged sword naked or held in an ornamental scabbard.... In his belt was a short, heavy, one-edged sword, or rather a long knife, called the seax ... used for close quarters."—Br., p. 121.

l. 303. For other references to the boar-crest, cf. ll. 1112, 1287, 1454; Grimm, Myth. 195; Tacitus, Germania, 45. "It was the symbol of their [the Baltic AEstii's] goddess, and they had great faith in it as a preservative from hard knocks."—E. See the print in the illus. ed. of Green's Short History, Harper & Bros.

l. 303. "See Kemble, Saxons in England, chapter on heathendom, and Grimm's Teutonic Mythology, chapter on Freyr, for the connection these and other writers establish between the Boar-sign and the golden boar which Freyr rode, and his worship."—Br., p. 128. Cf. Elene, l. 50.

l. 304. Gering proposes hlēor-bergan = cheek-protectors; cf. Beit. xii. 26. "A bronze disk found at Öland in Sweden represents two warriors in helmets with boars as their crests, and cheek-guards under; these are the hlēor-bergan."—E. Cf. hauberk, with its diminutive habergeon, < A.-S. heals, neck + beorgan, to cover or protect; and harbor, < A.-S. here, army + beorgan, id.—Zachers Zeitschr. xii. 123. Cf. cinberge, Hunt's Exod. l. 175.

l. 305. For ferh wearde and gūðmōde grummon, B. and ten Br. read ferh-wearde (l. 305) and gūðmōdgum men (l. 306), = the boar-images ... guarded the lives of the warlike men.

l. 311. lēoma: cf. Chaucer, Nonne Preestes Tale, l. 110, ed. Morris:

l. 318. On the double gender of sǣ, cf. Cook's Sievers' Gram., p. 147; and note the omitted article at ll. 2381, 318, 544, with the peculiar tmesis of between at ll. 859, 1298, 1686, 1957. So Cǣdmon, l. 163 (Thorpe), Exod. l. 562 (Hunt), etc.

l. 320. Cf. l. 924; and Andreas, l. 987, where almost the same words occur. "Here we have manifestly before our eye one of those ancient causeways, which are among the oldest visible institutions of civilization." —E.

l. 322. S. inserts comma after scīr, and makes hring-īren (= ring-mail) parallel with gūð-byrne.

l. 325. Cf. l. 397. "The deposit of weapons outside before entering a house was the rule at all periods.... In provincial Swedish almost everywhere a church porch is called våkenhus,... i.e. weapon-house, because the worshippers deposited their arms there before they entered the house."—E., after G. Stephens.

l. 333. Cf. Dryden's "mingled metal damask'd o'er with gold."—E.

l. 336. "ǣl-, el-, kindred with Goth. aljis, other, e.g. in ǣlþéodig, elþéodig, foreign."—Cook's Sievers' Gram., p. 47.

l. 336. Cf. l. 673 for the functions of an ombiht-þegn.

l. 338. Ho. marks wræc- and its group long.

l. 343. Cf. l. 1714 for the same bēod-genēatas,—"the predecessor title to that of the Knights of the Table Round."—E. Cf. Andreas (K.), l. 2177.

l. 344. The future is sometimes expressed by willan + inf., generally with some idea of volition involved; cf. ll. 351, 427, etc. Cf. the use of willan as principal vb. (with omitted inf.) at ll. 318, 1372, 543, 1056; and sculan, ll. 1784, 2817.

l. 353. sīð here, and at l. 501, probably means arrival. E. translates the former by visit, the latter by adventure.

l. 357. unhār = hairless, bald (Gr., etc.).

l. 358. ēode is only one of four or five preterits of gān (gongan, gangan, gengan), viz. gēong (gīong: ll. 926, 2410, etc.), gang (l. 1296, etc.), gengde (ll. 1402, 1413). Sievers, p. 217, apparently remarks that ēode is "probably used only in prose." (?!). Cf. geng, Gen. ll. 626, 834; Exod. (Hunt) l. 102.

l. 367. The MS. and H.-So. read with Gr. and B. glædman Hrōðgār, abandoning Thorkelin's glædnian. There is a glass. hilaris glædman.—Beit. xii. 84; same as glæd.

l. 369. dugan is a "preterit-present" verb, with new wk. preterit, like sculan, durran, magan, etc. For various inflections, see ll. 573, 590, 1822, 526. Cf. do in "that will do"; doughty, etc.

l. 372. Cf. l. 535 for a similar use; and l. 1220. Bede, Eccles. Hist., ed. Miller, uses the same expression several times. "Here, and in all other places where cniht occurs in this poem, it seems to carry that technical sense which it bore in the military hierarchy [of a noble youth placed out and learning the elements of the art of war in the service of a qualified warrior, to whom he is, in a military sense, a servant], before it bloomed out in the full sense of knight."—E.

l. 373. E. remarks of the hyphened eald-fæder, "hyphens are risky toys to play with in fixing texts of pre-hyphenial antiquity"; eald-fæder could only = grandfather. eald here can only mean honored, and the hyphen is unnecessary. Cf. "old fellow," "my old man," etc.; and Ger. alt-vater.

l. 378. Th. and B. propose Gēatum, as presents from the Danish to the Geatish king.—Beit. xii.

l. 380. hæbbe. The subj. is used in indirect narration and question, wish and command, purpose, result, and hypothetical comparison with swelce = as if.

ll. 386, 387. Ten Br. emends to read: "Hurry, bid the kinsman-throng go into the hall together."

l. 387. sibbe-gedriht, for Beowulf's friends, occurs also at l. 730. It is subject-acc. to sēon. Cf. ll. 347, 365, and Hunt's Exod. l. 214.

l. 404. "Here, as in the later Icelandic halls, Beowulf saw Hrothgar enthroned on a high seat at the east end of the hall. The seat is sacred. It has a supernatural quality. Grendel, the fiend, cannot approach it."—Br., p. 34. Cf. l. 168.

l. 405. "At Benty Grange, in Derbyshire, an Anglo-Saxon barrow, opened in 1848, contained a coat of mail. 'The iron chain work consists of a large number of links of two kinds attached to each other by small rings half an inch in diameter; one kind flat and lozenge-shaped ... the others all of one kind, but of different lengths.'"—Br., p. 126.

l. 407. Wes ... hāl: this ancient Teutonic greeting afterwards grew into wassail. Cf. Skeat's Luke, i. 28; Andreas (K.), 1827; Layamon, l. 14309, etc.

l. 414. "The distinction between wesan and weorðan [in passive relations] is not very clearly defined, but wesan appears to indicate a state, weorðan generally an action."—Sw. Cf. Mod. German werden and sein in similar relations.

l. 414. Gr. translates hādor by receptaculum; cf. Gering, Zachers Zeitschr. xii. 124. Toller-Bosw. ignores Gr.'s suggestion.

ll. 420, 421. B. reads: þǣr ic (on) fīfelgeban (= ocean) ȳðde eotena cyn. Ten Br. reads: þǣr ic fīfelgeban ȳðde, eotena hām. Ha. suggests fīfelgeband = monster-band, without further changes.

l. 420. R. reads þǣra = of them, for þǣr.—Zachers Zeitschr. iii. 399; Beit. xii. 367.

l. 420. "niht has a gen., nihtes, used for the most part only adverbially, and almost certainly to be regarded as masculine."—Cook's Sievers' Gram., p. 158.

l. 425. Cf. also ll. 435, 635, 2345, for other examples of Beowulf's determination to fight single-handed.

l. 441. þe hine = whom, as at l. 1292, etc. The indeclinable þe is often thus combined with personal pronouns, = relative, and is sometimes separated from them by a considerable interval.—Sw.

l. 443. The MS. has Geotena. B. and Fahlbeck, says H.-So., do not consider the Gēatas, but the Jutes, as the inhabitants of Swedish West-Gothland. Alfred translates Juti by Gēatas, but Jutland by Gotland. In the laws they are called Guti.—Beit. xii. 1, etc.

l. 444. B., Gr., and Ha. make unforhte an adv. = fearlessly, modifying etan. Kl. reads anforhte = timid.

l. 446. Cf. l. 2910. Th. translates: thou wilt not need my head to hide (i.e. bury). Simrock supposes a dead-watch or lyke-wake to be meant. Wood, thou wilt not have to bury so much as my head! H.-So. supposes hēafod-weard, a guard of honor, such as sovereigns or presumptive rulers had, to be meant by hafalan hȳdan; hence, you need not give me any guard, etc. Cf. Schmid, Gesetze der A., 370-372.

l. 447. S. places a colon after nimeð.

l. 451. H.-So., Ha., and B. (Beit. xii. 87) agree essentially in translating feorme, food. R. translates consumption of my corpse. Maintenance, support, seems preferable to either.

l. 452. Rönning (after Grimm) personifies Hild.—Beovulfs Kvadet, l. 59. Hildr is the name of one of the Scandinavian Walkyries, or battle-maidens, who transport the spirits of the slain to Walhalla. Cf. Kent's Elene, l. 18, etc.

l. 455. "The war-smiths, especially as forgers of the sword, were garmented with legend, and made into divine personages. Of these Weland is the type, husband of a swan maiden, and afterwards almost a god."— Br., p. 120. Cf. A. J. C. Hare's account of "Wayland Smith's sword with which Henry II. was knighted," and which hung in Westminster Abbey to a late date.—Walks in London, ii. 228.

l. 455. This is the ǣlces mannes wyrd of Boethius (Sw., p. 44) and the wyrd bið swīðost of Gnomic Verses, 5. There are about a dozen references to it in Bēowulf.

l. 455. E. compares the fatalism of this concluding hemistich with the Christian tone of l. 685 seq.

ll. 457, 458. B. reads wǣre-ryhtum ( = from the obligations of clientage).

l. 480. Cf. l. 1231, where the same sense, "flown with wine," occurs.

l. 488. "The duguð, the mature and ripe warriors, the aristocracy of the nation, are the support of the throne."—E. The M. E. form of the word, douth, occurs often. Associated with geogoð, ll. 160 and 622.

l. 489. Kl. omits comma after meoto and reads (with B.) sige-hrēð-secgum, = disclose thy thought to the victor-heroes. Others, as Körner, convert meoto into an imperative and divide on sǣl = think upon happiness. But cf. onband beadu-rūne, l. 501. B. supposes onsǣl meoto =speak courteous words. Tidskr. viii. 292; Haupts Zeitschr. xi. 411; Eng. Stud. ii. 251.

l. 489. Cf. the invitation at l. 1783.

l. 494. Cf. Grimm's Andreas, l. 1097, for deal, =proud, elated, exulting; Phoenix (Bright), l. 266.

l. 499. MS. has Hunferð, but the alliteration requires Unferð, as at ll. 499, 1166, 1489; and cf. ll. 1542, 2095, 2930. See List of Names.

l. 501. sīð = arrival (?); cf. l. 353.

l. 504. þon mā = the more (?), may be added to the references under þon.

l. 506. E. compares the taunt of Eliab to David, I Sam. xvii. 28.

l. 509. dol-gilp = idle boasting. The second definition in the Gloss. is wrong.

l. 513. "Eagor-stream might possibly be translated the stream of Eagor, the awful terror-striking stormy sea in which the terrible [Scandinavian] giant dwelt, and through which he acted."—Br., p. 164. He remarks, "The English term eagre still survives in provincial dialect for the tide-wave or bore on rivers. Dryden uses it in his Threnod. Angust. 'But like an eagre rode in triumph o'er the tide.' Yet we must be cautious," etc. Cf. Fox's Boethius, ll. 20, 236; Thorpe's Cǣdmon, 69, etc.

l. 524. Krüger and B. read Bānstānes.—Beit. ix. 573.

l. 525. R. reads wyrsan (= wyrses: cf. Mod. Gr. guten Muthes) geþinges; but H.-So. shows that the MS. wyrsan ... þingea = wyrsena þinga, can stand; cf. gen. pl. banan, Christ, l. 66, etc.

l. 545 seq. "Five nights Beowulf and Breca kept together, not swimming, but sailing in open boats (to swim the seas is to sail the seas), then storm drove them asunder ... Breca is afterwards chief of the Brondings, a tribe mentioned in Wīdsíth. The story seems legendary, not mythical."—Br., pp. 60, 61.

ll. 574-578. B. suggests swā þǣr for hwæðere, = so there it befell me. But the word at l. 574 seems = however, and at l. 578 = yet; cf. l. 891; see S.; Beit. ix. 138; Tidskr. viii. 48; Zacher, iii. 387, etc.

l. 586. Gr. and Grundt. read fāgum sweordum (no ic þæs fela gylpe!), supplying fela and blending the broken half-lines into one. Ho. and Kl. supply geflites.

l. 599. E. translates nȳd-bāde by blackmail; adding "nēd bād, toll; nēd bādere, tolltaker."—Land Charters, Gloss, v.

l. 601. MS. has ond = and in three places only (601, 1149, 2041); elsewhere it uses the symbol 7 = and.

l. 612. seq. Cf. the drinking ceremony at l. 1025. "The royal lady offers the cup to Beowulf, not in his turn where he sate among the rest, but after it has gone the round; her approach to Beowulf is an act apart."—E.

l. 620. "The [loving] cup which went the round of the company and was tasted by all," like the Oriel and other college anniversary cups.—E.

l. 622. Cf. ll. 160, 1191, for the respective places of young and old.

l. 623. Cf. the circlet of gold worn by Wealhþēow at l. 1164.

l. 631. gyddode. Cf. Chaucer, Prol. l. 237 (ed. Morris):

Cf. giddy.

l. 648. Kl. suggests a period after geþinged, especially as B. (Tidskr. viii. 57) has shown that oþþe is sometimes = ond. Th. supplies ne.

l. 650. oþþe here and at ll. 2476, 3007, probably = and.

l. 651. Cf. 704, where sceadu-genga (the night-ganger of Leechdoms, ii. 344) is applied to the demon.—E.

l. 659. Cf. l. 2431 for same formula, "to have and to hold" of the Marriage Service.—E.

l. 681. B. considers þēah ... eal a precursor of Mod. Eng. although.

l. 682. gōdra = advantages in battle (Gr.), battle-skill (Ha.), skill in war (H.-So.). Might not nāt be changed to nah = ne + āh (cf. l. 2253), thus justifying the translation ability (?) —he has not the ability to, etc.

l. 695. Kl. reads hiera.—Beit. ix. 189. B. omits hīe as occurring in the previous hemistich.—Beit. xii. 89.

l. 698. "Here Destiny is a web of cloth."—E., who compares the Greek Clotho, "spinster of fate." Women are also called "weavers of peace," as l. 1943. Cf. Kent's Elene, l. 88; Wīdsīð, l. 6, etc.

l. 711. B. translates þā by when and connects with the preceding sentences, thus rejecting the ordinary canto-division at l. 711. He objects to the use of cōm as principal vb. at ll. 703, 711, and 721. (Beit, xii.)

l. 711. "Perhaps the Gnomic verse which tells of Thyrs, the giant, is written with Grendel in the writer's mind,—þyrs sceal on fenne gewunian āna inuan lande, the giant shall dwell in the fen, alone in the land (Sweet's Read., p. 187)."—Br. p. 36.

l. 717. Dietrich, in Haupt. xi. 419, quotes from AElfric, Hom. ii. 498: hē beworhte þā bigelsas mid gyldenum lǣfrum, he covered the arches with gold-leaf,—a Roman custom derived from Carthage. Cf. Mod. Eng. oriel = aureolum, a gilded room.—E. (quoting Skeat). Cf. ll. 2257, 1097, 2247, 2103, 2702, 2283, 333, 1751, for various uses of gold-sheets.

l. 720. B. and ten Br. suggest hell-thane (Grendel) for heal-þegnas, and make hæle refer to Beowulf. Cf. l. 142.

l. 723. Z. reads [ge]hrān.

l. 727. For this use of standan, cf. ll. 2314, 2770; and Vergil, Ecl. ii. 26:

l. 757. gedræg. Tumult is one of the meanings of this word. Here, appar. = occupation, lair.

l. 759. R. reads mōdega for gōda, "because the attribute cannot be separated from the word modified unless the two alliterate."

l. 762. Cf. Andreas, l. 1537, for a similar use of ūt = off.—E.

l. 769. The foreign words in Bēowulf (as ceaster-here) are not numerous; others are (aside from proper names like Cain, Abel, etc.) dēofol (diabolus), candel (l. 1573), ancor (l. 303), scrīfan (for- ge-), segn (l. 47), gīgant (l. 113), mīl- (l. 1363), strǣt (l. 320), ombeht (l. 287), gim (l. 2073), etc.

l. 770. MS. reads cerwen, a word conceived by B. and others to be part of a fem. compd.: -scerwen like -wenden in ed-wenden, -rǣden, etc. (cf. meodu-scerpen in Andreas, l. 1528); emended to -scerwen, a great scare under the figure of a mishap at a drinking-bout; one might compare bescerwan, to deprive, from bescyrian (Grein, i. 93), hence ealu-seerwen would = a sudden taking away, deprivation, of the beer.—H.-So., p. 93. See B., Tidskr. viii. 292.

l. 771. Ten Br. reads rēðe, rēnhearde, = raging, exceeding bold.

l. 792. Instrumental adverbial phrases like ǣnige þinga, nǣnige þinga (not at all), hūru þinga (especially) are not infrequent. See Cook's Sievers' Gram., p. 178; March, A.-S. Gram., p. 182.

l. 811. myrðe. E. translates in wanton mood. Toller-Bosw. does not recognize sorrow as one of the meanings of this word.

ll. 850, 851. S. reads dēop for dēog and erases semicolon after wēol, = the death-stained deep welled with sword-gore; cf. l. 1424. B. reads dēað-fǣges dēop, etc., = the deep welled with the doomed one's gore.—Beit. xii. 89.

l. 857. The meaning of blaneum is partly explained by fealwe mēaras below, l. 866. Cf. Layamon's "and leop on his blancke" = steed, l. 23900; Kent's Elene, l. 1185.

l. 859. Körner, Eng. Stud. i. 482, regards the oft-recurring be sǣm twēonum as a mere formula = on earth; cf. ll. 1298, 1686. twēone is part of the separable prep. between; see be-. Cf. Baskerville's Andreas, l. 558.

l. 865. Cf. Voyage of Ōhthere and Wulfstān for an account of funeral horse-racing, Sweet's Read., p. 22.

l. 868. See Ha., p. 31, for a variant translation.

l. 871 seq. R. considers this a technical description of improvised alliterative verse, suggested by and wrought out on the spur of the moment.

l. 872. R. and B. propose secg[an], = rehearse, for secg, which suits the verbs in the next two lines.

ll. 878-98. "It pleases me to think that it is in English literature we possess the first sketch of that mighty saga [the Volsunga Saga = Wælsinges gewin] which has for so many centuries engaged all the arts, and at last in the hands of Wagner the art of music."—Br., p. 63. Cf. Nibelung. Lied, l. 739.

l. 894. Intransitive verbs, as gān, weorðan, sometimes take habban, "to indicate independent action."—Sw. Cf. hafað ... geworden, l. 2027.

l. 895. "brūcan (enjoy) always has the genitive."—Sw.; cf. l. 895; acc., gen., instr., dat., according to March, A.-S. Gram., p. 151.

l. 898. Scherer proposes hāte, = from heat, instr. of hāt, heat; cf. l. 2606.

l. 901. hē þæs āron þāh = he throve in honor (B.). Ten Br. inserts comma after þāh, making siððan introduce a depend. clause.—Beit. viii. 568. Cf. weorð-myndum þāh, l. 8; ll. 1155, 1243.—H.-So.

l. 902. Heremōdes is considered by Heinzel to be a mere epithet = the valiant; which would refer the whole passage to Sigmund (Sigfrid), the eotenas, l. 903, being the Nibelungen. This, says H.-So., gets rid of the contradiction between the good "Heremōd" here and the bad one, l. 1710 seq.—B. however holds fast to Heremōd.—Beit. xii. 41. on fēonda geweald, l. 904,—into the hands of devils, says B.; cf. ll. 809, 1721, 2267; Christ, l. 1416; Andreas, l. 1621; for hine fyren onwōd, cf. Gen. l. 2579; Hunt's Dan. 17: hīe wlenco anwōd.

l. 902 seq. "Heremōd's shame is contrasted with the glory of Sigemund, and with the prudence, patience, generosity, and gentleness of Beowulf as a chieftain."—Br., p. 66.

l. 906. MS. has lemede. Toller-Bosw. corrects to lemedon.

l. 917. Cf. Hunt's Exod., l. 170, for similar language.

l. 925. hōs, G. hansa, company, "the word from which the mercantile association of the 'Hanseatic' towns took their designation."—E.

l. 927. on staþole = on the floor (B., Rask, ten Br.).—Beit. xii. 90.

l. 927. May not stēapne here = bright, from its being immediately followed by golde fāhne? Cf. Chaucer's "his eyen stepe," Prol. l. 201 (ed. Morris); Cockayne's Ste. Marherete, pp. 9, 108; St. Kath., l. 1647.

l. 931. grynna may be for gyrnna (= sorrows), gen. plu. of gyrn, as suggested by one commentator.

l. 937. B. (Beit. xii. 90) makes gehwylcne object of wīd-scofen (hæfde). Gr. makes wēa nom. absolute.

l. 940. scuccum: cf. G. scheuche, scheusal; Prov. Eng. old-shock; perhaps the pop. interjection O shucks! (!)

l. 959. H. explains wē as a "plur. of majesty," which Bēowulf throws off at l. 964.

l. 963. fēond þone frætgan (B. Beit. xii. 90).

l. 976. synnum. "Most abstract words in the poetry have a very wide range of meanings, diverging widely from the prose usage, synn, for instance, means simply injury, mischief, hatred, and the prose meaning sin is only a secondary one; hata in poetry is not only hater, but persecutor, enemy, just as nīð is both hatred and violence, strength; heard is sharp as well as hard."—Sw.

l. 986. S. places wæs at end of l. 985 and reads stīðra nægla, omitting gehwylc and the commas after that and after scēawedon. Beit. ix. 138; stēdra (H.-So.); hand-sporu (H.-So.) at l. 987.

l. 986. Miller (Anglia, xii. 3) corrects to ǣghwylene, in apposition to fingras.

l. 987. hand-sporu. See Anglia, vii. 176, for a discussion of the intrusion of u into the nom. of n-stems.

l. 988. Cf. ll. 2121, 2414, for similar use of unhēoru = ungeheuer.

l. 992. B. suggests hēatimbred for hāten, and gefrætwon for -od; Kl., hroden (Beit. ix. 189).

l. 995, 996. Gold-embroidered tapestries seem to be meant by web = aurifrisium.

l. 997. After þāra þe = of those that, the depend, vb. often takes sg. for pl.; cf. ll. 844, 1462, 2384, 2736.—Sw.; Dietrich.

l. 998. "Metathesis of l takes place in seld for setl, bold for botl," etc.—Cook's Sievers' Gram., p. 96. Cf. Eng. proper names, Bootle, Battlefield, etc.—Skeat, Principles, i. 250.

l. 1000. heorras: cf. Chaucer, Prol. (ed. Morris) l. 550:

ll. 1005-1007. See Zachers Zeitschr. iii. 391, and Beit. xii. 368, for R.'s and B.'s views of this difficult passage.

l. 1009. Cf. l. 1612 for sǣl and mǣl, surviving still in E. Anglia in "mind your seals and meals," = times and occasions, i.e. have your wits about you.—E.

ll. 1012, 1013. Cf. ll. 753, 754 for two similar comparatives used in conjunction.

l. 1014. Cf. l. 327 for similar language.

ll. 1015, 1016. H.-So. puts these two lines in parentheses (fylle ... þāra). Cf. B., Beit. xii. 91.

l. 1024. One of the many famous swords spoken of in the poem. See Hrunting, ll. 1458, 1660; Hūnlāfing, l. 1144, etc. Cf. Excalibur, Roland's sword, the Nibelung Balmung, etc.

l. 1034. scūr-heard. For an ingenious explanation of this disputed word see Professor Pearce's article in Mod. Lang. Notes, Nov. 1, 1892, and ensuing discussion.

l. 1039. eoderas is of doubtful meaning. H. and Toller-Bosw. regard the word here = enclosure, palings of the court. Cf. Cǣdmon, ll. 2439, 2481. The passage throws interesting light on horses and their trappings

l. 1043. Grundt. emends wīg to wicg, = charger; and E. quotes Tacitus, Germania, 7.

l. 1044. "Power over each and both"; cf. "all and some," "one and all."

For Ingwin, see List of Names.

l. 1065. Gr. contends that fore here = de, concerning, about (Ebert's Jahrb., 1862, p. 269).

l. 1069. H.-So. supplies fram after eaferum, to govern it, = concerning (?). Cf. Fight at Finnsburg, Appendix.

l. 1070. For the numerous names of the Danes, "bright-" "spear-" "east-" "west-" "ring-" Danes, see these words.

l. 1073. Eotenas = Finn's people, the Frisians; cf. ll. 1089, 1142, 1146, etc., and Beit. xii. 37. Why they are so called is not known.

l. 1084. R. proposes wiht Hengeste wið gefeohtan (Zachers Zeitschr. iii. 394). Kl., wið H. wiht gefeohtan.

ll. 1085 and 1099. wēa-lāf occurs in Wulfstan, Hom. 133, ed. Napier.—E. Cf. daroða lāf, Brunanb., l. 54; ādes lāfe, Phoenix, 272 (Bright), etc.

l. 1098. elne unflitme = so dass der eid (der inhalt des eides) nicht streitig war.—B., Beit. iii. 30. But cf. 1130, where Hengist and Finn are again brought into juxtaposition and the expression ealles (?) unhlitme occurs.

l. 1106. The pres. part. + be, as myndgiend wǣre here, is comparatively rare in original A.-S. literature, but occurs abundantly in translations from the Latin. The periphrasis is generally meaningless. Cf. l. 3029.

l. 1108. Körner suggests ecge, = sword, in reference to a supposed old German custom of placing ornaments, etc., on the point of a sword or spear (Eng. Stud. i. 495). Singer, ince-gold = bright gold; B., andīege = Goth, andaugjo, evidently. Cf. incge lāfe, l. 2578. Possibly: and inge (= young men) gold āhōfon of horde. For inge, cf. Hunt's Exod. l. 190.

ll. 1115-1120. R. proposes (hēt þā ...) bānfatu bærnan ond on bǣl dōn, earme on eaxe = to place the arms in the ashes, reading gūðrēc = battle-reek, for -rinc (Zachers Zeitschr. iii. 395). B., Sarrazin (Beit. xi. 530), Lichtenfeld (Haupts Zeitschr. xvi. 330), C., etc., propose various emendations. See H.-So., p. 97, and Beit. viii. 568. For gùðrinc āstāh, cf. Old Norse, stiga á bál, "ascend the bale-fire."

l. 1116. sweoloðe. "On Dartmoor the burning of the furze up the hillsides to let new grass grow, is called zwayling."—E. Cf. sultry, G. schwül, etc.

l. 1119. Cf. wudu-rēc āstāh, l. 3145; and Exod. (Hunt), l. 450: wǣlmist āstāh.

l. 1122. ætspranc = burst forth, arose (omitted from the Gloss.), < æt + springan.

l. 1130. R. and Gr. read elne unflitme, = loyally and without contest, as at l. 1098. Cf. Ha., p. 39; H.-So., p. 97.

l. 1137. scacen = gone; cf. ll. 1125, 2307, 2728.

l. 1142. "The sons of the Eotenas" (B., Beit. xii. 31, who conjectures a gap after 1142).

l. 1144. B. separates thus: Hūn Lāfing, = Hūn placed the sword Lāfing, etc.—Beit. xii. 32; cf. R., Zachers Zeitschr. iii. 396. Heinzel and Homburg make other conjectures (Herrig's Archiv, 72, 374, etc.).

l. 1143. B., H.-So., and Möller read: worod rǣdenne, þonne him Hūn Lāfing, = military brotherhood, when Hūn laid upon his breast (the sword) Lāfing. There is a sword Laufi, Lövi in the Norse sagas; but swords, armor, etc., are often called the leaving (lāf) of files, hammers, etc., especially a precious heirloom; cf. ll. 454, 1033, 2830, 2037, 2629, 796, etc., etc.

l. 1152. roden = reddened (B., Tidskr. viii. 295).

l. 1160. For ll. 1069-1160, containing the Finn episode, cf. Möller, Alteng. Volksepos, 69, 86, 94; Heinzel, Anz. f. dtsch. Altert., 10, 226; B., Beit. xii. 29-37. Cf. Wīdsīð, l. 33, etc.

ll. 1160, 1161. lēoð (lied = song, lay) and gyd here appear synonyms.

ll. 1162-1165. "Behind the wars and tribal wanderings, behind the contentions of the great, we watch in this poem the steady, continuous life of home, the passions and thoughts of men, the way they talked and moved and sang and drank and lived and loved among one another and for one another."—Br., p. 18.

l. 1163. Cf. wonderwork. So wonder-death, wonder-bidding, wonder-treasure, -smith, -sight, etc. at ll. 1748, 3038, 2174, 1682, 996, etc. Cf. the German use of the same intensive, = wondrous, in wunder-schön, etc.

l. 1165. þā gȳt points to some future event when "each" was not "true to other," undeveloped in this poem, suhtor-gefæderan = Hrōðgār and Hrōðulf, l. 1018. Cf. āðum-swerian, l. 84.

l. 1167 almost repeats l. 500, æt fōtum, etc., where Unferð is first introduced.

l. 1191. E. sees in this passage separate seats for youth and middle-aged men, as in English college halls, chapels, convocations, and churches still.

l. 1192. ymbutan, round about, is sometimes thus separated: ymb hīe ūtan; cf. Voyage of Ōhthere, etc. (Sw.), p. 18, l. 34, etc.; Bēowulf, ll. 859, 1686, etc.

l. 1194. bewægned, a ἃπαξ λεγόμενον, tr. offered by Th. Probably a p. p. wægen, made into a vb. by -ian, like own, drown, etc. Cf. hafenian ( < hafen, < hebban), etc.

l. 1196. E. takes the expression to mean "mantle and its rings or broaches." "Rail" long survived in Mid. Eng. (Piers Plow., etc.).

l. 1196. This necklace was afterwards given by Beowulf to Hygd, ll. 2173, 2174.

ll. 1199-1215. From the obscure hints in the passage, a part of the poem may be approximately dated,—if Hygelāc is the Chochi-laicus of Gregory of Tours, Hist. Francorum, iii. 3,—about A.D. 512-20.

l. 1200. The Breosinga men (Icel. Brisinga men) is the necklace of the goddess Freya; cf. Elder Edda, Hamarshemt. Hāma stole the necklace from the Gothic King Eormenrīc; cf. Traveller's Song, ll. 8, 18, 88, 111. The comparison of the two necklaces leads the poet to anticipate Hygelāc's history,—a suggestion of the poem's mosaic construction.

l. 1200. For Brōsinga mene, cf. B., Beit. xii. 72. C. suggests flēah, = fled, for fealh, placing semicolon after byrig, and making hē subject of flēah and gecēas.

l. 1202. B. conjectures gecēas ēcne rǣd to mean he became a pious man and at death went to heaven. Heime (Hāma) in the Thidrekssaga goes into a cloister = to choose the better part (?). Cf. H.-So., p. 98. But cf. Hrōðgār's language to Beowulf, ll. 1760, 1761.

l. 1211. S. proposes feoh, = property, for feorh, which would be a parallel for brēost-gewǣdu ... bēah below.

l. 1213. E. remarks that in the Laws of Cnut, i. 26, the devil is called se wōdfreca werewulf, the ravening werwolf.

l. 1215. C. proposes heals-bēge onfēng. Beit. viii. 570. For hreā- Kl. suggests hrǣ-.

l. 1227. The son referred to is, according to Ettmüller, the one that reigns after Hrōðgār.

l. 1229. Kl. suggests sī, = be, for is.

l. 1232. S. gives wine-elated as the meaning of druncne.—Beit. ix. 139; Kl. ibid. 189, 194. But cf. Judith, ll. 67, 107.

l. 1235. Cf. l. 119 for similarity of language.

l. 1235. Kl. proposes gea-sceaft; but cf. l. 1267.

l. 1246. Ring armor was common in the Middle Ages. E. points out the numerous forms of byrne in cognate languages,—Gothic, Icelandic, OHG., Slavonic, O. Irish, Romance, etc. Du Chaillu, The Viking Age, i. 126. Cf. Murray's Dict. s. v.

l. 1248. ānwīg-gearwe = ready for single combat (C.); but cf. Ha. p. 43; Beit. ix. 210, 282.

l. 1252. Some consider this fitt the beginning of Part (or Lay) II. of the original epic, if not a separate work in itself.

l. 1254. K., W., and Ho. read farode = wasted; Kolbing reads furode; but cf. wēsten warode, l. 1266. MS. has warode.

ll. 1255-1258. This passage is a good illustration of the constant parallelism of word and phrase characteristic of A.-S. poetry, and is quoted by Sw. The changes are rung on ende and swylt, on gesȳne and wīdcūð, etc.

l. 1259. "That this story of Grendel's mother was originally a separate lay from the first seems to be suggested by the fact that the monsters are described over again, and many new details added, such as would be inserted by a new singer who wished to enhance and adorn the original tale."—Br., p. 41.

l. 1259. Cf. l. 107, which also points to the ancestry of murderers and monsters and their descent from "Cain."

l. 1261. The MS. has sē þe, m.; changed by some to seo þe. At ll. 1393, 1395, 1498, Grendel's mother is referred to as m.; at ll. 1293, 1505, 1541-1546, etc., as f., the uncertain pronoun designating a creature female in certain aspects, but masculine in demonic strength and savageness.—H.-So.; Sw. p. 202. Cf. the masc. epithets at ll. 1380, 2137, etc.

l. 1270. āglǣca = Grendel, though possibly referring to Beowulf, as at l. 1513.—Sw.

l. 1273. "It is not certain whether anwalda stands for onwealda, or whether it should be read ānwealda, = only ruler.—Sw.

l. 1279. The MS. has sunu þeod wrecan, which R. changes to sunu þēod-wrecan, þēod- = monstrous; but why not regard þēod as opposition to sunu, = her son, the prince? See Sweet's Reader, and Körner's discussion, Eng. Stud. i. 500.

l. 1281. Ten Br. suggests (for sōna) sāra = return of sorrows.

l. 1286. "geþuren (twice so written in MSS.) stands for geþrúen, forged, and is an isolated p. p."—Cook's Sievers' Gram., 209. But see Toller-Bosw. for examples; Sw., Gloss.; March, p. 100, etc.

ll. 1292. þe hine = whom; cf. ll. 441, 1437, 1292; Hēliand, l. 1308.

l. 1298. be sǣm tweonum; cf. l. 1192; Hunt's Exod. l. 442; and Mod. Eng. "to us-ward, etc.—Earle's Philol., p. 449. Cf. note, l. 1192.

l. 1301. C. proposes ōðer him ærn = another apartment was assigned him.

l. 1303. B. conjectures under hrōf genam; but Ha., p. 45, shows this to be unnecessary, under also meaning in, as in (or under) these circumstances.

l. 1319. E. and Sw. suggest nǣgde or nēgde, accosted, < nēgan = Mid. Ger. nēhwian, pr. p. nēhwiandans, approach. For hnǣgan, press down, vanquish, see ll. 1275, 1440, etc.

l. 1321. C. suggests nēad-lāðum for nēod-laðu, after crushing hostility; but cf. frēond-laðu, l. 1193.

l. 1334. K. and ten Br. conjecture gefægnod = rejoicing in her fill, a parallel to ǣse wlanc, l. 1333.

l. 1340. B. translates: "and she has executed a deed of blood-vengeance of far-reaching consequence."—Beit. xii. 93.

l. 1345. B. reads gēo for ēow (Zachers Zeitschr. iv. 205).

ll. 1346-1377. "This is a fine piece of folk-lore in the oldest extant form.... The authorities for the story are the rustics (ll. 1346, 1356)." —E.

l. 1347. Cf. sele-rǣdende at l. 51.

l. 1351. "The ge [of gewitan] may be merely a scribal error,—a repetition (dittography) of the preceding ge of gewislīcost."—Sw.

l. 1352. ides, like fīras, men, etc., is a poetic word supposed by Grimm to have been applied, like Gr. νύμφη, to superhuman or semi-divine women.

ll. 1360-1495 seq. E. compares this Dantesque tarn and scenery with the poetical accounts of AEneid, vii. 563; Lucretius, vi. 739, etc.

l. 1360. firgenstrēam occurs also in the Phoenix (Bright, p. 168) l. 100; Andreas, ll. 779, 3144 (K.); Gnomic Verses, l. 47, etc.

l. 1363. The genitive is often thus used to denote measure = by or in miles; cf. l. 3043; and contrast with partitive gen. at l. 207.

l. 1364. The MS. reads hrinde = hrīnende (?), which Gr. adopts; K. and Th. read hrinde-bearwas; hringde, encircling (Sarrazin, Beit. xi. 163); hrīmge = frosty (Sw.); with frost-whiting covered (Ha.). See Morris, Blickling Hom., Preface, vi., vii.

l. 1364. Cf. Ruin, hrīmige edoras behrofene, rimy, roofless halls.

l. 1366. nīðwundor may = nið- (as in nið-sele, q. v.) wundor, wonder of the deep.

l. 1368. The personal pronoun is sometimes omitted in subordinate and even independent clauses; cf. wite here; and Hunt's Exod., l. 319.

l. 1370. hornum. Such "datives of manner or respect" are not infrequent with adj.

l. 1371. "seleð is not dependent on ǣr, for in that case it would be in the subjunctive, but ǣr is simply an adverb, correlative with the conjunction ǣr in the next line: 'he will (sooner) give up his life, before he will,' etc."—Sw.

l. 1372. Cf. ll. 318 and 543 for willan with similar omitted inf.

l. 1373. heafola is found only in poetry.—Sw. It occurs thirteen or fourteen times in this poem. Cf. the poetic gamol, swāt (l. 2694), etc., for eald, blōd.

l. 1391. uton: hortatory subj. of wītan, go, = let us go; cf. French allons, Lat. eamus, Ital. andiamo, etc. + inf. Cf. ll. 2649, 3102.

l. 1400. H. is dat. of person indirectly affected, = advantage.

l. 1402. geatolīc probably = in his equipments, as B. suggests (Beit. xii. 83), comparing searolīc.

ll. 1402, 1413 reproduce the wk. form of the pret. of gān (Goth, gaggida). Cf. Andreas, l. 1096, etc.

l. 1405. S. (Beit. ix. 140) supplies [þǣr hēo] gegnum fōr; B. (ibid. xii. 14) suggests hwǣr hēo.

l. 1411. B., Gr., and E. take ān-paðas = paths wide enough for only one, like Norwegian einstig; cf. stīge nearwe, just above. Trail is the meaning. Cf. enge ānpaðas, uncūð gelād, Exod. (Hunt), l. 58.

l. 1421. Cf. oncȳð, l. 831. The whole passage (ll. 1411-1442) is replete with suggestions of walrus-hunting, seal-fishing, harpooning of sea-animals (l. 1438), etc.

l. 1425. E. quotes from the 8th cent. Corpus Gloss., "Falanx foeða."

l. 1428. For other mention of nicors, cf. ll. 422, 575, 846. E. remarks, "it survives in the phrase 'Old Nick' ... a word of high authority ... Icel. nykr, water-goblin, Dan. nök, nisse, Swed. näcken, G. nix, nixe, etc." See Skeat, Nick.

l. 1440. Sw. reads gehnǣged, prostrated, and regards nīða as gen. pl. "used instrumentally," = by force.

l. 1441. -bora = bearer, stirrer; occurs in other compds., as mund-, rǣd-, wǣg-bora.

l. 1447. him = for him, a remoter dative of reference.—Sw.

l. 1455. Gr. reads brondne, = flaming.

l. 1457. lēon is the inf. of lāh; cf. onlāh (< onlēon) at l. 1468. līhan was formerly given as the inf.; cf. lǣne = lǣhne.

l. 1458. Cf. the similar dat. of possession as used in Latin.

l. 1458. H.-So. compares the Icelandic saga account of Grettir's battle with the giant in the cave. hæft-mēce may be = Icel. heptisax (Anglia, iii. 83), "hip-knife."

l. 1459. "The sense seems to be 'pre-eminent among the old treasures.' ... But possibly foran is here a prep. with the gen.: 'one before the old treasures.'".—Sw. For other examples of foran, cf. ll. 985, 2365.

l. 1460. āter-tēarum = poison-drops (C., Beit. viii. 571; S., ibid. xi. 359).

l. 1467. þæt, comp. relative, = that which; "we testify that we do know."

l. 1480. forð-gewitenum is in appos. to me, = mihi defuncto.—M. Callaway, Am. Journ. of Philol., October, 1889.

l. 1482. nime. Conditional clauses of doubt or future contingency take gif or būton with subj.; cf. ll. 452, 594; of fact or certainty, the ind.; cf. ll. 442, 447, 527, 662, etc. For būton, cf. ll. 967, 1561.

l. 1487. "findan sometimes has a preterit funde in W. S. after the manner of the weak preterits."—Cook's Sievers' Cram., p, 210.

l. 1490. Kl. reads wæl-sweord, = battle-sword.

l. 1507. "This cave under the sea seems to be another of those natural phenomena of which the writer had personal knowledge (ll. 2135, 2277), and which was introduced by him into the mythical tale to give it a local color. There are many places of this kind. Their entrance is under the lowest level of the tide."—Br., p. 45.

l. 1514. B. (Beit. xii. 362) explains niðsele, hrōfsele as roof-covered hall in the deep; cf. Grettir Saga (Anglia, iii. 83).

l. 1538. Sw., R., and ten Br. suggest feaxe for eaxle, = seized by the hair.

l. 1543. and-lēan (R.); cf. l. 2095. The MS. has hand-lēan.

l. 1546. Sw. and S. read seax.—Beit. ix. 140.

l. 1557. H.-So. omits comma and places semicolon after ȳðelīce; Sw. and S. place comma after gescēd.

l. 1584. ōðer swylc = another fifteen (Sw.); = fully as many (Ha.).

ll. 1592-1613 seq. Cf. Anglia, iii; 84 (Grettir Saga).

l. 1595. blondenfeax = grizzly-haired (Bright, Reader, p. 258); cf. Brunanb., l. 45 (Bright).

l. 1599. gewearð, impers. vb., = agree, decide = many agreed upon this, that, etc. (Ha., p. 55; cf. ll. 2025-2027, 1997; B., Beit. xii. 97).

l. 1605. C. supposes wiston = wīscton = wished.—Beit. viii. 571.

l. 1607. brōden mǣl is now regarded as a comp. noun, = inlaid or damascened sword.—W., Ho.

l. 1611. wæl-rāpas = water-ropes = bands of frost (l. 1610) (?). Possibly the Prov. Eng. weele, whirlpool. Cf. wǣl, gurges, Wright, Voc., Gnom. Verses, l. 39.—E.

l. 1611. wǣgrāpas (Sw.) = wave-bands (Ha.).

l. 1622. B. suggests eatna = eotena, eardas, haunts of the giants (Northumbr. ea for eo).

l. 1635. cyning-holde (B., Beit. xii. 369); cf. l. 290.

l. 1650. H., Gr., and Ettmüller understand idese to refer to the queen.

l. 1651. Cf. Anglia, iii. 74, Beit. xi. 167, for coincidences with the Grettir Saga (13th cent.).

l. 1664. B. proposes eotenise ... èste for ēacen ... oftost, omitting brackets (Zackers Zeitschr. iv. 206). G. translates mighty ... often.

l. 1675. ondrǣdan. "In late texts the final n of the preposition on is frequently lost when it occurs in a compound word or stereotyped phrase, and the prefix then appears as a: abútan, amang, aweg, aright, adr'ǣdan."—Cook's Sievers' Gram., p. 98.

ll. 1680-1682. Giants and their work are also referred to at ll. 113, 455, 1563, 1691, etc.

l. 1680. Cf. ceastra ... orðanc enta geweorc, Gnomic Verses, l. 2; Sweet's Reader, p. 186.

ll. 1687-1697. "In this description of the writing on the sword, we see the process of transition from heathen magic to the notions of Christian times .... The history of the flood and of the giants ... were substitutes for names of heathen gods, and magic spells for victory."—E. Cf. Mohammedan usage.

ll. 1703, 1704. þæt þē eorl nǣre geboren betera (B., Tidskr. 8, 52).

l. 1715. āna hwearf = he died solitary and alone (B., Beit. xii. 38); = lonely (Ha.); = alone (G.).

l. 1723. lēod-bealo longsum = eternal hell-torment (B., Beit. xii. 38, who compares Ps. Cott. 57, līf longsum).

l. 1729. E. translates on lufan, towards possession; Ha., to possessions.

l. 1730. mōdgeþonc, like lig, sǣ, segn, niht, etc., is of double gender (m., n. in the case of mōdgeþ.).

l. 1741. The doctrine of nemesis following close on ὓβρις, or overweening pride, is here very clearly enunciated. The only protector against the things that "assault and hurt" the soul is the "Bishop and Shepherd of our souls" (l. 1743).

l. 1745 appears dimly to fore-shadow the office of the evil archer Loki, who in the Scandinavian mythology shoots Balder with a mistletoe twig. The language closely resembles that of Psalm 64.

l. 1748. Kl. regards wom = wō(u)m; cf. wōh-bogen, l. 2828. See Gloss., p. 295, under wam. Contrast the construction of bebeorgan a few lines below (l. 1759), where the dat. and acc. are associated.

l. 1748. See Cook's Sievers' Gram., p. 167, for declension of wōh, wrong = gen. wōs or wōges, dat. wō(u)m, etc.; pl. gen. wōra, dat. wō(u)m, etc.; and cf. declension of hēah, hrēoh, rūh, etc.

l. 1748. wergan gāstes; cf. Blickl. Hom. vii.; Andreas, l. 1171. "Auld Wearie is used in Scotland, or was used a few years ago, ... to mean the devil."—E. Bede's Eccles. Hist. contains (naturally) many examples of the expression = devil.

l. 1750. on gyld = in reward (B. Beit. xii. 95); Ha. translates boastfully; G., for boasting; Gr., to incite to boastfulness. Cf. Christ, l. 818.

l. 1767. E. thinks this an allusion to the widespread superstition of the evil eye (mal occhio, mauvais ǣil). Cf. Vergil, Ecl. iii. 103. He remarks that Pius IX., Gambetta, and President Carnot were charged by their enemies with possessing this weapon.

l. 1784. wigge geweorðad (MS. wigge weorðad) is C.'s conjecture; cf. Elene, l. 150. So G., honored in war.

l. 1785. The future generally implied in the present of bēon is plainly seen in this line; cf. ll. 1826, 661, 1830, 1763, etc.

l. 1794. Some impers. vbs. take acc. (as here, Geat) of the person affected; others (as þyncan) take the dat. of the person, as at ll. 688, 1749, etc. Cf. verbs of dreaming, being ashamed, desiring, etc.—March, A.-S. Gram., p. 145.

l. 1802. E. remarks that the blaca hrefn here is a bird of good omen, as opposed to se wonna hrefn of l. 3025. The raven, wolf, and eagle are the regular epic accompaniments of battle and carnage. Cf. ll. 3025-3028; Maldon, 106; Judith, 205-210, etc.

l. 1803. S. emends to read: "then came the light, going bright after darkness: the warriors," etc. Cf. Ho., p. 41, l. 23. G. puts period before "the warriors." For ōnettan, cf. Sw.'s Gloss, and Bright's Read., Gloss.

ll. 1808-1810. Müllenh. and Grundt. refer se hearda to Beowulf, correct sunu (MS.) to suna Ecglāfes (i.e. Unferth); [he] (Beo.) thanked him (Un.) for the loan. Cf. ll. 344, 581, 1915.

ll. 1823-1840. "Beowulf departing pledges his services to Hroðgar, to be what afterwards in the mature language of chivalry was called his 'true knight'"—E.

l. 1832. Kl. corrects to dryhtne, in appos. with Higelāce.

l. 1835 gār-holt more properly means spear-shaft; cf. æsc-holt.

l. 1855. sēl = better (Grundt.; B., Beit. xii. 96), instead of MS. wēl.

ll. 1855-1866. "An ideal picture of international amity according to the experience and doctrine of the eighth century."—E.

l. 1858. S. and Kl. correct to gemǣne, agreeing with sib.—Beit. ix. 140, 190.

l. 1862. "The gannet is a great diver, plunging down into the sea from a considerable height, such as forty feet."—E.

l. 1863. Kl. suggests heafu, = seas.

l. 1865. B. proposes geþōhte, = with firm thought, for geworhte; cf. l. 611.

l. 1876. gesēon = see again (Kl., Beit. ix. 190). S. and B. insert nā to modify gesēon and explain Hrōðgār's tears. Ha. and G. follow Heyne's text. Cf. l. 567.

l. 1881. Is beorn here = bearn (be-arn?) of l. 67? or more likely = born, barn, = burned?—S., Th.

l. 1887. orleahtre is a ἃπαξ λεγόμενον. E. compares Tennyson's "blameless" king. Cf. also ll. 2015, 2145; and the gōd cyning of l. 11.

l. 1896. scaðan = warriors (cf. l. 1804) has been proposed by C.; but cf. l. 253.

l. 1897. The boat had been left, at ll. 294-302, in the keeping of Hrōðgār's men; at l. 1901 the bāt-weard is specially honored by Beowulf with a sword and becomes a "sworded squire."—E. This circumstance appears to weld the poem together. Cf. also the speed of the journey home with ymb ān-tīd ōþres dōgores of l. 219, and the similarity of language in both passages (fāmig-heals, clifu, næssas, sǣlde, brim, etc.).—The nautical terms in Beowulf would form an interesting study.

l. 1904. R. proposes, gewāt him on naca, = the vessel set out, on alliterating as at l. 2524 (Zachers Zeitschr. iii. 402). B. reads on nacan, but inserts irrelevant matter (Beit. xii. 97).

l. 1913. Cf. the same use of cēol, = ship, in the A.-S. Chron., ed. Earle-Plummer; Gnomic Verses, etc.

l. 1914. S. inserts þæt hē before on lande.

l. 1916. B. makes lēofra manna depend on wlātode, = looked for the dear men ready at the coast (Beit. xii. 97).

l. 1924. Gr., W., and Ho. propose wunade, = remained; but cf. l. 1929. S. conceives ll. 1924, 1925 as "direct speech" (Beit. ix. 141).

l. 1927 seq. "The women of Beowulf are of the fine northern type; trusted and loved by their husbands and by the nobles and people; generous, gentle, and holding their place with dignity."—Br., p. 67. Thrytho is the exception, l. 1932 seq.

l. 1933. C. suggests frēcnu, = dangerous, bold, for Thrytho could not be called "excellent." G. writes "Modthrytho" as her name. The womanly Hygd seems purposely here contrasted with the terrible Thrytho, just as, at l. 902 seq., Sigemund and Heremōd are contrasted. For Thrytho, etc., cf. Gr., Jahrb. für rom. u. eng. Lit. iv. 279; Müllenhoff, Haupts Zeitschr. xiv. 216; Matthew Paris; Suchier, Beit. iv. 500-521; R. Zachers Zeitschr. iii. 402; B., ibid. iv. 206; Körner, Eng. Stud. i. 489-492; H.-So., p. 106.

l. 1932-1963. K. first pointed out the connection between the historical Offa, King of Mercia, and his wife Cwendrida, and the Offa and Þrȳðo (Gr.'s Drida of the Vita Offǣ Secundi) of the present passage. The tale is told of her, not of Hygd.

l. 1936. Suchier proposes andǣges, = eye to eye; Leo proposes āndǣges, = the whole day; G., by day. No change is necessary if an be taken to govqern hire, = on her, and dæges be explained (like nihtes, etc.) as a genitive of time, = by day.

l. 1943. R. and Suchier propose onsēce, = seek, require; but cf. 2955.

l. 1966. Cf. the heofoncandel of Exod. l. 115 (Hunt). Shak.'s 'night's candles.'

l. 1969. Cf. l. 2487 seq. for the actual slayer of Ongenþēow, i.e. Eofor, to whom Hygelāc gave his only daughter as a reward, l. 2998.

l. 1981. meodu-scencum = with mead-pourers or mead-cups (G., Ha.); draught or cup of mead (Toller-Bosw.).

l. 1982. K., Th., W., H. supply [heal-]reced; Holler [hēa-].

l. 1984. B. defends the MS., reading hǣ nū (for hǣðnū), which he regards as = Heinir, the inhabitants of the Jutish "heaths" (hǣð). Cf. H.-So., p. 107; Beit. xii. 9.

l. 1985. sīnne. "In poetry there is a reflexive possessive of the third person, sīn (declined like mīn). It is used not only as a true reflexive, but also as a non-reflexive (= Lat. ejus)"—Sw.; Cook's Sievers' Gram., p. 185. Cf. ll. 1508, 1961, 2284, 2790.

l. 1994. Cf. l. 190 for a similar use of sēað; cf. to "glow" with emotion, "boil" with indignation, "burn" with anger, etc. weallan is often so used; cf. ll. 2332, 2066, etc.

l. 2010. B. proposes fācne, = in treachery, for fenne. Cf. Juliana, l. 350; Beit. xii. 97.

l. 2022. Food of specific sorts is rarely, if at all, mentioned in the poem. Drink, on the other hand, occurs in its primitive varieties,—ale (as here: ealu-wǣg), mead, beer, wine, līð (cider? Goth. leiþus, Prov. Ger. leit- in leit-haus, ale-house), etc.

l. 2025. Kl. proposes is for wæs.

l. 2027. Cf. l. 1599 for a similar use of weorðan, = agree, be pleased with (Ha.); appear (Sw., Reader, 6th ed.).

ll. 2030, 2031. Ten Br. proposes: oft seldan ( = gave) wǣre æfter lēod-hryre: lȳtle hwīle bongār būgeð, þēah sēo brȳd duge = oft has a treaty been given after the fall of a prince: but little while the murder-spear resteth, however excellent the bride be. Cf. Kl., Beit. ix. 190; B., Beit. xii. 369; R., Zachers Zeitschr. in. 404; Ha., p. 69; G., p. 62.

l. 2036. Cf. Kl, Beit. ix. 191; R., Zachers Zeitschr. iii. 404.

l. 2042. For bēah B. reads bā, = both, i.e. Freaware and the Dane.

l. 2063. Thorkelin and Conybeare propose wīgende, = fighting, for lifigende.

l. 2068. W.'s edition begins section xxx. (not marked in the MS.) with this line. Section xxxix. (xxxviii. in copies A and B, xxxix. in Thorkelin) is not so designated in the MS., though þā (at l. 2822) is written with capitals and xl. begins at l. 2893.

l. 2095. Cf. l. 1542, and note.

l. 2115 seq. B. restores thus:

l. 2129. B. proposes fǣrunga, = suddenly, for Gr.'s reading in the text.—Beit. xii. 98.

l. 2132. MS. has þine life, which Leo translates by thy leave (= ON. leyfi); B., by thy life.—Beit. xii. 369.

l. 2150. B. renders gēn, etc., by "now I serve thee alone again as my gracious king" (Beit. xii. 99).

l. 2151. The forms hafu [hafo], hafast, hafað, are poetic archaisms.—Sw.

l. 2153. Kl. proposes ealdor, = prince, for eafor. W. proposes the compd. eafor-hēafodsegn, = helm; cf. l. 1245.

l. 2157. The wk. form of the adj. is frequent in the vocative, especially when postponed: "Beowulf lēofa," l. 1759. So, often, in poetry in nom.: wudu selesta, etc.

l. 2158. ǣrest is possibly the verbal subs. from ārīsan, to arise, = arising, origin. R. suggested ǣrist, arising, origin. Cf. Bede, Eccles. Hist., ed. Miller, where the word is spelt as above, but = (as usual) resurrection. See Sweet, Reader, p. 211; E.-Plummer's Chronicle, p. 302, etc. The MS. has est. See Ha., p. 73; S., Beit. x. 222; and cf. l. 2166.

l. 2188. Gr., W., H. supply [wēn]don, = weened, instead of Th.'s [oft sæg]don.

l. 2188. The "slack" Beowulf, like the sluggish Brutus, ultimately reveals his true character, and is presented with a historic sword of honor. It is "laid on his breast" (l. 2195) as Hun laid Lāfing on Hengest's breast, l. 1145.

l. 2188. "The boy was at first slothful, and the Geats thought him an unwarlike prince, and long despised him. Then, like many a lazy third son in the folk tales, a change came, he suddenly showed wonderful daring and was passionate for adventure."—Br., p. 22.

l. 2196. "Seven of thousands, manor and lordship" (Ha.). Kl., Beit. ix. 191, thinks with Ettm. that þūsendo means a hide of land (see Schmid, Ges. der Angl, 610), Bede's familia = 1/2 sq. meter; seofan being used (like hund, l. 2995) only for the alliteration.

l. 2196. "A vast Honour of 7000 hides, a mansion, and a judgment-seat" [throne].—E.

l. 2210. MS. has the more correct wintra.

l. 2211. Cf. similar language about the dragon at l. 100. Beowulf's "jubilee" is fitly solemnized by his third and last dragon-fight.

l. 2213. B. proposes sē þe on hearge hǣðen hord beweotode; cf. Ha., p. 75.

l. 2215. "The dragon lies round the treasures in a cave, as Fafnir, like a Python, lay coiled over his hoard. So constant was this habit among the dragons that gold is called Worms' bed, Fafnir's couch, Worms' bed-fire. Even in India, the cobras ... are guardians of treasure."—Br., p. 50.

l. 2216. nēode. E. translates deftly; Ha., with ardor. H.-So. reads nēode, = with desire, greedily, instr. of nēod.

l. 2223. E. begins his "Part Third" at this point as he begins "Part Second" at l. 1252, each dragon-fight forming part of a trilogy.

ll. 2224, 2225. B. proposes: nealles mid gewealdum wyrmes weard gæst sylfes willum.—Zachers Zeitschr. iv. 211; Beit. xii. 100.

l. 2225. For þēow read þegn.—K. and Z.

l. 2227. For ofer-þearfe read ǣrnes þearfa.—Z.

ll. 2229-2231. B. proposes:

l. 2232. W. suggests seah or seīr for geseah, and Gr. suggests searolīc.

l. 2233. Z. surmises eorð-hūse (for -scræfe).

l. 2241. B. proposes lǣn-gestrēona, = transitory, etc.; Th., R. propose leng (= longer) gestrēona; S. accepts the text but translates "the long accumulating treasure."

l. 2246. B. proposed (1) hard-fyndne, = hard to find; (2) hord-wynne dǣl,—a deal of treasure-joy (cf. l. 2271).—Zachers Zeitschr. iv. 211; Beit. xii. 102.

l. 2247. fecword = banning words (?) MS. has fec.

l. 2254. Others read feor-[mie], = furbish, for fetige: I own not one who may, etc.

l. 2261. The Danes themselves were sometimes called the "Ring-Danes," = clad in ringed (or a ring of) armor, or possessing rings. Cf. ll. 116, 1280.

l. 2263. Koeppel suggests nis for næs.

The editors are much indebted to E. Koeppel (in Eng. Stud. xiii. 3) for numerous corrections in text and glossary.

l. 2264. Note the early reference to hawking. Minstrelsy (hearpan wyn), saga-telling, racing, swimming, harpooning of sea-animals, feasting, and the bestowal of jewels, swords, and rings, are the other amusements most frequent in Bēowulf.

l. 2264. Cf. Maldon, ll. 8, 9, for a reference to hawking.

l. 2276. Z. suggests swȳðe ondrǣdað; Ho. puts gesēcean for Gr.'s gewunian.

l. 2277. Z. and K. read: hord on hrūsan. "Three hundred winters," at l. 2279, is probably conventional for "a long time," like hund missēra, l. 1499; hund þūsenda, l. 2995; þrītig (of Beowulf's strength), l. 379; þrītig (of the men slain by Grendel), l. 123; seofan þūsendo, l. 2196, etc.

l. 2285. B. objects to hord as repeated in ll. 2284, 2285; but cf. Ha., p. 77. C. prefers sum to hord. onboren = inminutus; cf. B., Beit. xii. 102.

l. 2285. onberan is found also at line 991, = carry off, with on- = E. un—(un-bind, -loose, -tie, etc.), G. ent-. The negro still pronounces on-do, etc.

l. 2299. Cf. H.-So., p. 112, for a defense of the text as it stands. B. proposes "nor was there any man in that desert who rejoiced in conflict," etc. So ten Br.

l. 2326. B. and ten Br,. propose hām, = home, for him.—Beit. xii. 103.

l. 2335. E. translates ēalond utan by the sea-board front, the water-washed land on the (its) outside. See B., Beit. xii. 1, 5.

l. 2346. Cf. l. 425, where Beowulf resolves to fight the dragon single-handed. E. compares Guy of Warwick, ll. 49, 376.

l. 2355. Ten Br. proposes laðan cynne as apposition to mǣgum.

l. 2360. Cf. Beowulf's other swimming-feat with Breca, ll. 506 seq.

l. 2362. Gr. inserts āna, = lone-going, before xxx.: approved by B.; and Krüger, Beit. ix. 575. Cf. l. 379.

l. 2362. "Beowulf has the strength of thirty men in the original tale. Here, then, the new inventor makes him carry off thirty coats of mail."—Br., p. 48.

l. 2364. Hetware = Chattuarii, a nation allied against Hygelāc in his Frisian expedition; cf. ll. 1208 seq., 2917, etc.

l. 2368. B. proposes quiet sea as trans, of sioleða bigong, and compares Goth. anasilan, to be still; Swed. dial, sil, still water between waterfalls.—Zachers Zeitschr. iv. 214.

l. 2380. hyne—Heardrēd; so him, l. 2358.

l. 2384. E. calls attention to Swīo-rīce as identical with the modern Sverige = Sweden; cf. l. 2496.

l. 2386. Gr. reads on feorme, = at the banquet; cf. Möller, Alteng. Volksepos, 111, who reads (f)or feorme. The MS. has or.

l. 2391. Cf. l. 11.

l. 2394. B., Gr., and Mūllenh. understand ll. 2393-2397 to mean that Ēadgils, Ōhthere's son, driven from Sweden, returns later, supported by Beowulf, takes the life of his uncle Onela, and probably becomes himself O.'s successor and king of Sweden. For another view see H.-So., p. 115. MS. has freond (l. 2394), which Leo, etc., change to fēond. G. translates friend.—Beit. xii. 13; Anzeiger f. d. Altert. iii. 177.

l. 2395. Ēadgils is Ōhthere's son; cf. l. 2381; Onela is Ōhthere's brother; cf. ll. 2933, 2617.

l. 2402. "Twelfsome"; cf. "fifteensome" at l. 207, etc. As Bēowulf is essentially the Epic of Philanthropy, of the true love of man, as distinguished from the ordinary love-epic, the number twelve in this passage may be reminiscent of another Friend of Man and another Twelve. In each case all but one desert the hero.

l. 2437. R. proposes stȳred, = ordered, decreed, for strēd.—Zachers Zeitschr. iii. 409.

l. 2439. B. corrects to frēo-wine = noble friend, asking, "How can Herebeald be called Hæðcyn's frēa-wine [MS.], lord?"

l. 2442. feohlēas gefeoht, "a homicide which cannot be atoned for by money—in this case an unintentional fratricide."—Sw.

l. 2445. See Ha., pp. 82, 83, for a discussion of ll. 2445-2463. Cf. G., p. 75.

l. 2447. MS. reads wrece, justified by B. (Tidskr. viii. 56). W. conceives wrece as optative or hortative, and places a colon before þonne.

l. 2449. For helpan read helpe.—K., Th., S. (Zeitschr. f. D. Phil. xxi. 3, 357).

ll. 2454-2455. (1) Müllenh. (Haupts Zeitschr. xiv. 232) proposes:

(2) B. proposes:

l. 2458. Cf. scēotend, pl., ll. 704, 1155, like rīdend. Cf. Judith, l. 305, etc.

l. 2474. Th. considers the "wide water" here as the Mälar lake, the boundary between Swedes and Goths.

l. 2477. On oþþe = and, cf. B., Tidskr. viii. 57. See Ha., p. 83.

l. 2489. B. proposes hrēa-blāc for Gr.'s heoro-.—Tikskr. viii. 297.

l. 2494. S. suggests ēðel-wynne.

l. 2502. E. translates for dugeðum, of my prowess; so Ettmüller.

ll. 2520-2522. Gr. and S. translate, "if I knew how else I might combat the monster's boastfulness."—Ha., p. 85.

l. 2524. and-hāttres is H.'s invention. Gr. reads oreðes and attres, blast and venom. Cf. oruð, l. 2558, and l. 2840 (where attor- also occurs).

l. 2526. E. quotes flēon fōtes trym from Maldon, l. 247.

l. 2546. Gr., H.-So., and Ho. read standan stān-bogan (for stōd on stān-bogan) depending on geseah.

l. 2550. Grundt. and B. propose dēor, brave one, i.e. Beowulf, for dēop.

L. 2565. MS. has ungleaw (K., Th.), unglaw (Grundt.). B. proposes unslāw, = sharp.—Beit. xii. 104. So H.-So., Ha., p. 86.

ll. 2570, 2571. (1) May not gescīfe (MS. to gscipe) = German schief, "crooked," "bent," "aslant," and hence be a parallel to gebogen, bent, coiled? cf. l. 2568, þā se wyrm gebēah snūde tōsomne, and l. 2828. Coiled serpents spring more powerfully for the coiling. (2) Or perhaps destroy comma after tō and read gescæpe, = his fate; cf. l. 26: him þā Scyld gewāt tō gescæp-hwīle. G. appar. adopts this reading, p. 78.

l. 2589. grund-wong = the field, not the earth (so B.); H.-So., cave, as at l. 2771. So Ha., p. 87.

l. 2595. S. proposes colon after stefne.—Beit. ix. 141.

l. 2604. Müllenh. explains lēod Scylfinga in Anzeiger f. d. Altert. iii. 176-178.

l. 2607. āre = possessions, holding (Kl., Beit. ix. 192; Ha., p. 88).

l. 2609. folcrihta. Add "folk-right" to the meanings in the Gloss.; and cf. ēðel-, land-riht, word-riht.

l. 2614. H.-So. reads with Gr. wrǣccan winelēasum Wēohstān bana, = whom, a friendless exile, W. had slain.

ll. 2635-61. E. quotes Tacitus, Germania, xiv.: "turpe comitatui virtutem principis non adaequare." Beowulf had been deserted by his comitatus.

l. 2643. B. proposes ūser.—Zachers Zeitschr. iv. 216.

l. 2649. wutun; l. 3102, uton = pres. subj. pl. 1st person of wītan, to go, used like Mod. Eng. let us + inf., Lat. eamus, Ital. andiamo, Fr. allons; M. E. (Layamon) uten. Cf. Psa. ii. 3, etc. March, A.-S. Gram., pp. 104, 196.

l. 2650. B. suggests hāt for hyt,.—Beit. xii. 105.

l. 2656. fāne = fāh-ne; cf. fāra = fāh-ra, l. 578; so hēanne (MS.) = hēah-ne, etc., l. 984. See Cook's Sievers' Gram.

ll. 2660, 2661. Why not read beadu-scrūd, as at l. 453, = battle-shirt? B. and R. suppose two half-verses omitted between byrdu-scrūd and bām gemǣne. B. reads bȳwdu, = handsome, etc. Gr. suggests unc nū, = to us two now, for ūrum; and K. and Grundt. read bēon gemǣne for bām, etc. This makes sense. Cf. Ha., p. 89.

l. 2666. Cf. the dat. absolute without preposition.

l. 2681. Nægling; cf. Hrunting, Lāfing, and other famous wundor-smiða geweorc of the poem.

l. 2687. B. changes þonne into þone (rel. pro.) = which.—Beit. xii. 105.

l. 2688. B. supports the MS. reading, wundum.

l. 2688. Cf. l. 2278 for similar language.

l. 2698. B. (Beit. xii. 105) renders: "he did not heed the head of the dragon (which Beowulf with his sword had struck without effect), but he struck the dragon somewhat further down." Cf. Saxo, vi. p. 272.

l. 2698. Cf. the language used at ll. 446 and 1373, where hafelan also occurs; and hȳdan.

l. 2700. hwēne; cf. Lowl. Sc. wheen, a number; Chaucer's woon, number.

l. 2702. S. proposes þā (for þæt) þæt fȳr, etc., = when the fire began, etc.

l. 2704. "The (hup)-seax has often been found in Saxon graves on the hip of the skeleton."—E.

l. 2707. Kl. proposes: feorh ealne wræc, = drove out all the life; cf. Gen. l. 1385.—Beit. ix. 192. S. suggests gefylde,—he felled the foe, etc.—Ibid. Parentheses seem unnecessary.

l. 2727. dæg-hwīl = time allotted, lifetime.

l. 2745, 2745. Ho. removes geong from the beginning of l. 2745 and places it at the end of l. 2744.

l. 2750. R. proposes sigle searogimmas, as at l. 1158.

l. 2767. (1) B. proposes doubtfully oferhīgean or oferhīgan, = Goth, ufarhauhjan, p. p. ufarhauhids (Gr. τυφωθείς) = exceed in value.—Tidskr. viii. 60. (2) Kl. proposes oferhȳdian, = to make arrogant, infatuate; cf. oferhȳd.—Beit. ix. 192.

l. 2770. gelocen leoðocræftum = (1) spell-bound (Th., Arnold, E.); (2) wrought with hand-craft (G.); (3) meshed, linked together (H., Ho.); cf. Elene, ll. 1251, 522.

l. 2778. B. considers bill ... ealdhlāfordes as Beowulf's short sword, with which he killed the dragon, l. 2704 (Tidskr. viii. 299). R. proposes ealdhlāforde. Müllenh. understands ealdhlāford to mean the former possessor of the hoard. W. agrees to this, but conceives ǣrgescōd as a compd. = ǣre calceatus, sheathed in brass. Ha. translates ǣrgescōd as vb. and adv.

l. 2791. Cf. l. 224, eoletes æt ende; landes æt ende, Exod. (Hunt).

l. 2792. MS. reads wæteres weorpan, which R. would change to wætere sweorfan.

l. 2806. "Men saw from its height the whales tumbling in the waves, and called it Whale's Ness (Hrones-nǣs)."—Br. p. 28. Cf. l. 3137.

l. 2815. Wīglāf was the next of kin, the last of the race, and hence the recipient of Beowulf's kingly insignia. There is a possible play on the word lāf (Wīg-lāf, ende-lāf).

l. 2818. gingeste word; cf. novissima verba, and Ger. jüngst, lately.

l. 2837. E. translates on lande, in the world, comparing on līfe, on worulde.

l. 2840. gerǣsde = pret. of gerǣsan (omitted from the Gloss.), same as rǣsan; cf. l. 2691.

l. 2859. B. proposes dēað ārǣdan, = determine death.—Beit. xii. 106.

l. 2861. Change geongum to geongan as a scribal error (?), but cf. Lichtenheld, Haupts Zeitschr. xvi. 353-355.

l. 2871. S. and W. propose ōwēr.—Beit. ix. 142.

l. 2873. S. punctuates: wrāðe forwurpe, þā, etc.

l. 2874. H.-So. begins a new sentence with nealles, ending the preceding one with beget.

l. 2879. ætgifan = to render, to afford; omitted in Gloss.

ll. 2885-2892. "This passage ... equals the passage in Tacitus which describes the tie of chief to companion and companion to chief among the Germans, and which recounts the shame that fell on those who survived their lord."—Br., p. 56.

l. 2886. cyn thus has the meaning of gens or clan, just as in many Oriental towns all are of one blood. E. compares Tacitus, Germania, 7; and cf. "kith and kin."

l. 2892. Death is preferable to dishonor. Cf. Kemble, Saxons, i. 235.

l. 2901. The ἄγγελος begins his ἀγγελία here.

l. 2910. S. proposes higemēðe, sad of soul; cf. ll. 2853 and 2864 (Beit. ix. 142). B. considers higemēðum a dat. or instr. pl. of an abstract in -u (Beit. xii. 106). H. makes it a dat. pl. = for the dead. For heafod-wearde, etc., cf. note on l. 446.

l. 2920-2921. B. explains "he could not this time, as usual, give jewels to his followers."—Beit. xii. 106.

l. 2922. The Merovingian or Frankish race.

l. 2940 seq. B. conjectures:

Cf. S., Beit. ix. 143. gētan = cause blood to be shed.

l. 2950. B. proposes gomela for gōda; "a surprising epithet for a Geat to apply to the 'terrible' Ongentheow."—Ha. p. 99. But "good" does not necessarily mean "morally excellent," as a "good" hater, a "good" fighter.

l. 2959. See H.-So. for an explanatory quotation from Paulus Diaconus, etc. B., K., and Th. read segn Higelāces, = H.'s banner uplifted began to pursue the Swede-men.—Beit. xii. 108. S. suggests sǣce, = pursuit.

l. 2977. gewyrpton: this vb. is also used reflexively in Exod. (Hunt), l. 130: wyrpton hīe wērige.

l. 2989. bær is Grundt.'s reading, after the MS. "The surviving victor is the heir of the slaughtered foe."—H.-So. Cf. Hildebrands Lied, ll. 61, 62.

l. 2995. "A hundred of thousands in land and rings" (Ha., p. 100). Cf. ll. 2196, 3051. Cf. B., Beit. xii. 20, who quotes Saxo's bis senas gentes and remarks: "Hrolf Kraki, who rewards his follower, for the slaying of the foreign king, with jewels, rich lands, and his only daughter's hand, answers to the Jutish king Hygelāc, who rewards his liegeman, for the slaying of Ongenthēow, with jewels, enormous estates, and his only daughter's hand."

l. 3006. H.-So. suggests Scilfingas for Scyldingas, because, at l. 2397, Beowulf kills the Scylfing Ēadgils and probably acquires his lands. Thus ll. 3002, 3005, 3006, would indicate that, after Beowulf's death, the Swedes desired to shake off his hated yoke. Müllenh., however, regards l. 3006 as a thoughtless repetition of l. 2053.—Haupts Zeitschr. xiv. 239.

l. 3008. Cf. the same proverb at l. 256; and Exod. (Hunt.) l. 293.

l. 3022. E. quotes:

and from Percy, "The word glee, which peculiarly denoted their art (the minstrels'), continues still in our own language ... it is to this day used in a musical sense, and applied to a peculiar piece of composition."

l. 3025. "This is a finer use than usual of the common poetic attendants of a battle, the wolf, the eagle, and the raven. The three are here like three Valkyrie, talking of all that they have done."—Br., p. 57.

l. 3033. Cf. Hunt's Dan. l. 731, for similar language.

l. 3039. B. supplies a supposed gap here:

Cf. Ha., p. 102. W. and Ho. insert [þǣr] before gesēgan.

l. 3042. Cf. l. 2561, where gryre-giest occurs as an epithet of the dragon. B. proposes gry[re-fāh].

l. 3044. lyft-wynne, in the pride of the air, E.; to rejoice in the air, Ha.

l. 3057. (1) He (God) is men's hope; (2) he is the heroes' hope; (3) gehyld = the secret place of enchanters; cf. hēlsmanna gehyld, Gr.'s reading, after A.-S. hǣlsere, haruspex, augur.

l. 3060. B. suggests gehȳðde, = plundered (i.e. by the thief), for gehȳdde.

ll. 3063-3066. (1) B. suggests wundur [dēaðe] hwār þonne eorl ellenrof ende gefēre = let a brave man then somewhere meet his end by wondrous venture, etc.—Zachers Zeitschr. iv. 241; cf. l. 3038. (2) S. supposes an indirect question introduced by hwār and dependent upon wundur, = a mystery is it when it happens that the hero is to die, if he is no longer to linger among his people.—Beit. ix. 143. (3) Müllenh. suggests: is it to be wondered at that a man should die when he can no longer live?—Zachers Zeitschr. xiv. 241. (4) Possibly thus:

in which hwæt would = þurh hwæt at l. 3069, and eorl would be subject of the conjectural vb. wundrað: "the valiant earl wondereth then through what he shall attain his life's end, when he no longer may live. ... So Bēowulf knew not (wondered how) through what his end should come," etc. W. and Ho. join þonne to the next line. Or, for hwār read wǣre: Wundur wǣre þonne (= gif), etc., = "would it be any wonder if a brave man," etc., which is virtually Müllenhoff's.

l. 3053. galdre bewunden, spell-bound, throws light on l. 2770, gelocen leoðo-cræftum. The "accursed" gold of legend is often dragon-guarded and placed under a spell. Even human ashes (as Shakespeare's) are thus banned. ll. 3047-3058 recall the so-called "Treasury of Atreus."

l. 3070. H.-So. begins a new line with swā.

l. 3073. herh, hearh, temple, is conjectured by E. to survive in Harrow. Temple, barrow, etc., have thus been raised to proper names. Cf. Bīowulfes biorh of l. 2808.

l. 3074. H.-So. has strude, = ravage, and compares l. 3127. MS. has strade. S. suggests stride, = tread.

l. 3074. H.-So. omits strādan, = tread, stride over, from the Gloss., referring ll. 3174 and 3074 to strūdan, q. v.

l. 3075. S. proposes: næs hē goldhwætes gearwor hæfde, etc., = Beowulf had not before seen the greedy possessor's favor.—Beit. ix. 143. B. reads, goldhwæte gearwor hæfde, etc., making goldhwæte modify ēst, = golden favor; but see Beit. xii. 373, for B.'s later view.

l. 3086-3087. B. translates, "that which (i.e. the treasure) drew the king thither was granted indeed, but it overwhelmed us."—Beit. xii. 109.

l. 3097. B. and S. propose æfter wine dēadum, = in memory of the dead friend.—Beit. ix. 144.

l. 3106. The brād gold here possibly includes the iū-monna gold of l. 3053 and the wunden gold of l. 3135. E. translates brād by bullion.

l. 3114. B. supposes folc-āgende to be dat. sg. to gōdum, referring to Beowulf.

l. 3116. C. considers weaxan, = Lat. vescor, to devour, as a parallel to fretan, and discards parentheses.—Beit. viii. 573.

l. 3120. fūs = furnished with; a meaning which must be added to those in the Gloss.

ll. 3124-3125. S. proposes:

l. 3136. H.-So. corrects (after B.) to æðelingc, the MS. having e.

l. 3145. "It was their [the Icelanders'] belief that the higher the smoke rose in the air the more glorious would the burnt man be in heaven."— Ynglinga Saga, 10 (quoted by E.). Cf. the funeral pyre of Herakles.

l. 3146-3147. B. conjectures:

(lēc from lācan, see Gloss.).—Beit. xii. 110. Why not windblonda lāc?

l. 3147. Müllenhoff rejected wind-blond gelæg because a great fire raises rather than "lays" the wind; hence B., as above, = "swoughing sported the flame wound with the howling of wind-currents."

l. 3151 seq. B. restores conjecturally:

Here geō-meowle = old woman or widow; bunden-heorde = with bound locks; hēof = lamentation; cf. l. 3143. on rīce wealg is less preferable than the MS. reading, heofon rēce swealg = heaven swallowed the smoke.—H.-So. B. thinks Beowulf's widow (geōmeowle) was probably Hygd; cf. ll. 2370, 3017-3021.

l. 3162. H.-So. reads (with MS.) bronda be lāfe, for betost, and omits colon after bēcn. So B., Zachers Zeitschr. iv. 224.

l. 3171. E. quotes Gibbon's accounts of the burial of Attila when the "chosen squadrons of the Hun, wheeling round in measured evolutions, chanted a funeral song to the memory of a hero."

ll. 3173-3174. B. proposes:

l. 3183. Z., K., Th. read manna for mannum.

l. 3184. "It is the English ideal of a hero as it was conceived by an Englishman some twelve hundred years ago."—Br., p. 18.

NOTES TO THE FIGHT AT FINNSBURG.

The original MS. of this fragment has vanished, but a copy had been made and printed by Hickes in his Thesaurus Linguarum Septentrionalium, i. 192. The original was written on a single sheet attached to a codex of homilies in the Lambeth Library. Möller, Alteng. Epos, p. 65, places the fragment in the Finn episode, between ll. 1146 and 1147. Bugge (Beit. xii. 20) makes it illustrate the conflict in which Hnæf fell, i.e. as described in Bēowulf as antecedent to the events there given. Heinzel (Anzeiger f. d. Altert.), however, calls attention to the fact that Hengest in the fragment is called cyning, whereas in Bēowulf, l. 1086, he is called þegn. See H.-So., p. 125.

"The Fight at Finnsburg and the lays from which our Bēowulf was composed were, as it seems to me, sung among the English who dwelt in the north of Denmark and the south of Sweden, and whose tribal name was the Jutes or Goths."—Br., p. 101.

l. 1. R. supposes [hor]nas, and conjectures such an introductory conversation as follows: "Is it dawning in the east, or is a fiery dragon flying about, or are the turrets of some castle burning?" questions which the king negatives in the same order. Then comes the positive declaration, "rather they are warriors marching whose armor gleams in the moonlight." —Alt- und Angels. Lesebuch, 1861. Heinzel and B. conjecture, [beorhtor hor]nas byrnað nǣfre. So. G.—Beit. xii. 22; Anzeiger f. d. Altert. x. 229.

l. 5. B. conjectures fugelas to mean arrows, and supplies:

He compares Saxo, p. 95, cristatis galeis hastisque sonantibus instant, as explanatory of l. 6.—Beit. xii. 22. But see Brooke, Early Eng. Literature, who supposes fugelas = raven and eagle, while grǣg-hama is = wulf (the "grey-coated one"), the ordinary accompaniers of battle.

l. 11. hicgeað, etc.: cf. Maldon, l. 5; Exod. l. 218.

l. 15. Cf. B. (Beit. xii. 25), etc., and Saxo, p. 101, for l. 13.

ll. 18-21. H.-So. remarks: "If, according to Möller and Bugge, Gārulf is one of the attackers, one of Finn's men, this does not harmonize with his character as Gūðlāf's son (l. 33), who (l. 16, and Bēowulf, l. 1149) is a Dane, therefore one of Finn's antagonists." B. (Beit. xii. 25) conjectures:

in which Gūðdene is the same as Sigeferð, l. 24; hē (l. 22) refers to Gārulf; and hīe (l. 21) to hyrsta.

l. 27. swæðer = either (bad or good, life or death).—H.-So.

l. 29. cēlod: meaning doubtful; cf. Maldon, l. 283. G. renders "curved board"; Sw. suggests "round"? "hollow"?

l. 30. B. suggests bār-helm, = boar-helm. Cf. Saxo, p. 96.—Beit. xii. 26.

l. 34. B. conjectures: (1) hwearf flacra hrǣw hræfen, wandrode; (2) hwearf flacra hrǣw hræfen fram ōðrum = flew from one corpse to another.—Beit. xii. 27.

l. 43. B. supposes wund hæleð to be a Dane, folces hyrde to be Hnæf, in opposition to Holtzmann (Germania, viii. 494), who supposes the wounded man to be a Frisian, and folces hyrde to be their king, Finn.—Beit. xii. 28.

l. 45. B. adopts Th.'s reading heresceorp unhrōr = equipments useless.—Beit. xii. 28.

l. 47. "Though wounded, they had retained their strength and activity in battle."—B., Beit. xii. 28.

GLOSSARY

A

ac, conj. denoting contrariety: hence 1) but (like N.H.G. sondern), 109, 135, 339, etc.—2) but (N.H.G. aber), nevertheless, 602, 697, etc.—3) in direct questions: nonne, numquid, 1991.

āglǣca, āhlǣca, ǣglǣca, -cea, w. m. (cf. Goth, aglo, trouble, O.N. agi, terror, + lāc, gift, sport: = misery, vexation, = bringer of trouble; hence): 1) evil spirit, demon, a demon-like being; of Grendel, 159, 433, 593, etc.; of the drake, 2535, 2906, etc.—2) great hero, mighty warrior; of Sigemund, 894; of Bēowulf: gen. sg. āglǣcan(?), 1513; of Bēowulf and the drake: nom. pl. þā āglǣcean, 2593.

āglǣc-wīf, st. n., demon, devil, in the form of a woman; of Grendel's mother, 1260.

aldor. See ealdor.

al-wealda. See eal-w.

am-biht (from and-b., Goth, and-baht-s), st. m., servant, man-servant: nom. sg. ombeht, of the coast-guard, 287; ombiht, of Wulfgār, 336.

ambiht-þegn (from ambiht n. officium and þegn, which see), servant, man-servant: dat. sg. ombiht-þegne, of Bēowulf's servant, 674.

an, prep, with the dat., on, in, with respect to, 678; with, among, at, upon (position after the governed word), 1936; with the acc., 1248. Elsewhere on, which see.

ancor, st. m., anchor: dat. sg. ancre, 303, 1884.

ancor-bend, m. (?) f. (?), anchor-cable: dat. pl. oncer-bendum, 1919.

and, conj. (ond is usual form; for example, 601, 1149, 2041), and 33, 39, 40, etc. (See Appendix.)

anda, w. m., excitement, vexation, horror: dat. wrāðum on andan, 709, 2315.

and-git, st. n., insight, understanding: nom. sg., 1060. See gitan.

and-hātor, st. m. n., heat coming against one: gen. sg. rēðes and-hāttres, 2524.

and-lang, -long, adj., very long. hence 1) at whole length, raised up high: acc. andlongne eorl, 2696 (cf. Bugge upon this point, Zachers Ztschr., 4, 217).—2) continual, entire; andlangne dæg, 2116, the whole day; andlonge niht, 2939.

and-lēan, st. n., reward, payment in full: acc. sg., 1542, 2095 (hand-, hond-lean, MS.).

and-risno, st. f. (see rīsan, surgere, decere), that which is to be observed, that which is proper, etiquette: dat. pl. for andrysnum, according to etiquette, 1797.

and-saca, w. m., adversary: godes andsaca (Grendel), 787, 1683.

and-slyht, st. m., blow in return: acc. sg., 2930, 2973 (MS. both times hond-slyht).

and-swaru, st. f., act of accosting: 1) to persons coming up, an address, 2861.—2) in reply to something said, an answer, 354, 1494, 1841.

and-weard, adj., present, existing: acc. sg. n. swīn ofer helme and-weard (the image of the boar, which stands on his helm), 1288.

and-wlita, w. m., countenance: acc. sg. -an, 690.

an-sund, adj., entirely unharmed: nom. sg. m., 1001.

an-sȳn, f., the state of being seen: hence 1) the exterior, the form, 251: ansȳn ȳwde, showed his form, i.e. appeared, 2835.—2) aspect, appearance, 929; on-sȳn, 2773.

an-walda, w. m., He who rules over all, God, 1273. See Note.

atelīc, adj., terrible, dreadful: atelīc egesa, 785.

atol, adj. (also eatol, 2075, etc.), hostile, frightful, cruel: of Grendel, 159, 165, 593, 2075, etc.; of Grendel's mother's hands (dat. pl. atolan), 1503; of the undulation of the waves, 849; of battle, 597, 2479.—cf. O.N. atall, fortis, strenuus.

attor, st. n., poison, here of the poison of the dragon's bite: nom., 2716.

attor-sceaða, w. m., poisonous enemy, of the poisonous dragon: gen. sg. -sceaðan, 2840.

āwa, adv. (certainly not the dative, but a reduplicated form of ā, which see), ever: āwa tō aldre, fōr ever and ever, 956.

Ā

ā, adv. (Goth, áiv, acc. from aiv-s aevum), ever, always, 455, 882, 931, 1479: ā syððan, ever afterwards, ever, ever after, 283, 2921.—ever, 780.—Comp. nā.

ād st. m. funeral pile: acc. sg. ād, 3139; dat. sg. āde, 1111, 1115.

ād-faru, st. f., way to the funeral pile, dat. sg. on ād-fære, 3011.

ādl, st. f. sickness, 1737, 1764, 1849.

āð, st. m., oath in general, 2740; oath of allegiance, 472 (?); oath of reconciliation of two warring peoples, 1098, 1108.

āð-sweord, st. n., the solemn taking of an oath, the swearing of an oath: nom. pl., 2065. See sweord.

āðum-swerian, m. pl., son-in-law and father-in-law: dat. pl., 84.

āgan, verb, pret. and pres., to have, to possess, w. acc.: III. prs. sg. āh, 1728; inf. āgan, 1089; prt. āhte, 487, 522, 533; with object, geweald, to be supplied, 31. Form contracted with the negative: prs. sg. I. nāh hwā sweord wege (I have no one to wield the sword), 2253.

āgen, adj., own, peculiar, 2677.

āgend (prs. part. of āgan), possessor, owner, lord: gen. sg. āgendes, of God, 3076.—Compounds: blǣd-, bold-, folc-, mægen-āgend.

āgend-frēa, w. m., owner, lord: gen. sg. āgend-frēan, 1884.

āhsian, ge-āhsian, w. v.: 1) to examine, to find out by inquiring: pret. part. ge-āhsod, 433.—2) to experience, to endure: pret. āhsode, 1207; pl. āhsodon, 423.

āht, st. n. (contracted from ā-wiht, which see), something, anything: āht cwices, 2315.

ān, num. The meaning of this word betrays its apparent demonstrative character: 1) this, that, 2411, of the hall in the earth mentioned before; similarly, 100 (of Grendel; already mentioned), cf. also 2775.—2) one, a particular one among many, a single one, in numerical sense: ymb āne niht (the next night), 135; þurh ānes cræft, 700; þāra ānum, 1038; ān æfter ānum, one for the other (Hrēðel for Herebeald), 2462: similarly, ān æfter eallum, 2269; ānes hwæt, some single thing, a part, 3011; se ān lēoda duguðe, the one of the heroes of the people, 2238; ānes willan, for the sake of a single one, 3078, etc.—Hence, again, 3) alone, distinguished, 1459, 1886.—4) a, in the sense of an indefinite article: ān ... fēond, 100; gen. sg. ānre bēne (or to No.2[?]), 428; ān ... draca, 2211—5) gen. pl. ānra, in connection with a pronoun, single; ānra gehwylces, every single one, 733; ānra gehwylcum, 785. Similarly, the dat. pl. in this sense: nemne fēaum ānum, except a few single ones, 1082.—6) solus, alone: in the strong form, 1378, 2965; in the weak form, 145, 425, 431, 889, etc.; with the gen., āna Gēata duguðe, alone of the warriors of the Gēatas, 2658.—7) solitarius, alone, lonely, see ǣn.—Comp. nān.

ān-feald, adj., simple, plain, without reserve: acc. sg. ānfealdne geþōht, simple opinion, 256.

ān-genga, -gengea, w. m., he who goes alone, of Grendel, 165, 449.

ān-haga, w. m., he who stands alone, solitarius, 2369.

ān-hȳdig, adj. (like the O.N. ein-rād-r, of one resolve, i.e. of firm resolve), of one opinion, i.e. firm, brave, decided, 2668.

ānga, adj. (only in the weak form), single, only: acc. sg. āngan dōhtor, 375, 2998; āngan eaferan, 1548; dat. sg. āngan brēðer, 1263.

ān-pæð, st. m., lonely way, path: acc. pl. ānpaðas, 1411.

ān-rǣd, adj. (cf. under ān-hȳdig), of firm resolution, resolved, 1530, 1576.

ān-tīd, st. f., one time, i.e. the same time, ymb ān-tīd ōðres dōgores, about the same time the second day (they sailed twenty-four hours), 219.—ān stands as in ān-mod, O.H.G. ein-muoti, harmonious, of the same disposition.

ānunga, adv., throughout, entirely, wholly, 635.

ār, st. m., ambassador, messenger, 336, 2784.

ār, st. f., 1) honor, dignity: ārum healdan, to hold in honor, 296; similarly, 1100, 1183.—2) favor, grace, support: acc. sg. āre, 1273, 2607; dat. sg. āre, 2379; gen. pl. hwæt ... ārna, 1188.—Comp. worold-ār; also written ǣr.

ār-fæst, adj., honorable, upright, 1169; of Hunferð (with reference to 588). See fæst.

ārian, w. v., (to be gracious), to spare: III. sg. prs. w. dat. nǣnegum ārað; of Grendel, 599.

ār-stæf, st. m.,(elementum honoris), grace, favor: dat. pl. mid ārstafum, 317.—Help, support: dat. pl. for ār-stafum, to the assistance, 382, 458. See stæf.

āter-tēar, m., poisonous drop: dat. pl. īren āter-tēarum fāh (steel which is dipped in poison or in poisonous sap of plants), 1460.

Æ

æðele, adj., noble: nom. sg., of Bēowulf, 198, 1313; of Bēowulf's father, 263, where it can be understood as well in a moral as in a genealogical sense; the latter prevails decidedly in the gen. sg. æðelan cynnes, 2235.

æðeling, st. m., nobleman, man of noble descent, especially the appellation of a man of royal birth; so of the kings of the Danes, 3; of Scyld, 33; of Hrōðgār, 130; of Sigemund, 889; of Bēowulf, 1226, 1245, 1597, 1816, 2189, 2343, 2375, 2425, 2716, 3136; perhaps also of Dæghrefn, 2507;—then, in a broader sense, also denoting other noble-born men: Æschere, 1295; Hrōðgār's courtiers, 118, 983; Heremōd's courtiers, 907; Hengest's warriors, 1113; Bēowulf's retinue, 1805, 1921, 3172; noble-born in general, 2889. —Comp. sib-æðeling.

æðelu, st. n., only in the pl., noble descent, nobility, in the sense of noble lineage: acc. pl. æðelu, 392; dat. pl. cyning æðelum gōd, the king, of noble birth, 1871; æðelum dīore, worthy on account of noble lineage, 1950; æðelum (hǣleþum, MS.), 332.—Comp. fæder-æðelu.

æfnan, w. v. w. acc., to perform, to carry out, to accomplish: inf. ellen-weorc æfnan, to do a heroic deed, 1465; pret. unriht æfnde, perpetrated wrong, 1255.

ge-æfnan, 1) to carry out, to do, to accomplish: pret. pl. þæt geæfndon swā, so carried that out, 538; pret. part. āð wæs geæfned, the oath was sworn, 1108.—2) get ready, prepare: pret. part. geæfned, 3107. See efnan.

æfter (comparative of af, Ags. of, which see; hence it expresses the idea of forth, away, from, back), a) adv., thereupon, afterwards, 12, 341, 1390, 2155.—ic him æfter sceal, I shall go after them, 2817; in word æfter cwæð, 315, the sense seems to be, spoke back, having turned; b) prep. w. dat., 1) (temporal) after, 119, 128, 187, 825, 1939, etc.; æfter beorne, after the (death of) the hero, 2261, so 2262; æfter māððum-welan, after (obtaining) the treasure, 2751.—2) (causal) as proceeding from something, denoting result and purpose, hence, in consequence of, conformably to: æfter rihte, in accordance with right, 1050, 2111; æfter faroðe, with the current, 580; so 1321, 1721, 1944, 2180, etc., æfter heaðo-swāte, in consequence of the blood of battle, 1607; æfter wælnīðe, in consequence of mortal enmity, 85; in accordance with, on account of, after, about: æfter æðelum (hǣleþum, MS.)frægn, asked about the descent, 332; ne frīn þū æfter sǣlum, ask not after my welfare, 1323; æfter sincgyfan grēoteð, weeps for the giver of treasure, 1343; him æfter dēorum men dyrne langað, longs in secret for the dear man, 1880; ān æfter ānum, one for the other, 2462, etc.—3) (local), along: æfter gumcynnum, throughout the races of men, among men, 945; sōhte bed æfter būrum, sought a bed among the rooms of the castle (the castle was fortified, the hall was not), 140; æfter recede wlāt, looked along the hall, 1573; stone æfter stāne, smelt along the rocks, 2289; æfter lyfte, along the air through the air, 2833; similarly, 996, 1068, 1317, etc.

æf-þunca, w. m., anger, chagrin, vexatious affair: nom., 502.

ge-æhtan, w. v., to prize, to speak in praise of: pret. part. geæhted, 1866.

ge-æhtla, w. m., or ge-æhtle, w. f., a speaking of with praise, high esteem: gen. sg. hȳ ... wyrðe þinceað eorla geæhtlan, seem worthy of the high esteem of the noble-born, 369.

æglǣcea. See āglǣcea.

æl-fylce (from æl-, Goth. ali-s, ἄλλος, and fylce, O.N. fylki, collective form from folc), st. n., other folk, hostile army: dat. pl. wið ælfylcum, 2372.

æl-mihtig (for eal-m.), adj., almighty: nom. sg. m., of the weak form, se æl-mihtiga, 92.

æl-wiht, st. m., being of another species, monster: gen. pl. æl-wihta eard, of the dwelling-place of Grendel's kindred, 1501.

æppel-fealu, adj., dappled sorrel, or apple-yellow: nom. pl. æppel-fealuwe mēaras, apple-yellow steeds, 2166.

ærn, st. n., house, in the compounds heal-, hord-, medo-, þrȳð-, win-ærn.

æsc, st. m., ash (does not occur in Bēowulf in this sense), lance, spear, because the shaft consists of ash wood: dat. pl. (quā instr.) æscum and ecgum, with spears and swords, 1773.

æsc-holt, st. n., ash wood, ashen shaft: nom. pl. æsc-holt ufan grǣg, the ashen shafts gray above (spears with iron points), 330.

æsc-wiga, w. m., spear-fighter, warrior armed with the spear: nom. sg., 2043.

æt, prep. w. dat., with the fundamental meaning of nearness to something, hence 1) local, a) with, near, at, on, in (rest): æt hȳðe, in harbor, 32; æt symle, at the meal, 81, æt āde, on the funeral-pile, 1111, 1115; æt þē ānum, with thee alone, 1378; æt wīge, in the fight, 1338; æt hilde, 1660, 2682; æt ǣte, in eating, 3027, etc. b) to, towards, at, on (motion to): dēaðes wylm hrān æt heortan, seized upon the heart, 2271; gehēton æt hærgtrafum, vowed at (or to) the temples of the gods, 175. c) with verbs of taking away, away from (as starting from near an object): geþeah þæt ful æt Wealhþēon, took the cup from W., 630; fela ic gebād grynna æt Grendle, from Grendel, 931; æt mīnum fæder genam, took me from my father to himself, 2430.—2) temporal, at, in, at the time of: æt frumsceafte, in the beginning, 45; æt ende, at an end, 224; fand sīnne dryhten ealdres æt ende, at the end of life, dying, 2791; similarly, 2823; æt feohgyftum, in giving gifts, 1090; æt sīðestan, finally, 3014.

æt-grǣpe, adj., laying hold of, prehendens, 1270.

æt-rihte, adv., almost, 1658.

Ǣ

ǣdre, ēdre, st. f., aqueduct, canal (not in Bēow.), vein (not in Bēow.), stream, violent pouring forth: dat. pl. swāt ǣdrum sprong, the blood sprang in streams, 2967; blōd ēdrum dranc, drank the blood in streams(?), 743.

ǣdre, adv., hastily, directly, immediately, 77, 354, 3107.

ǣðm, st. m., breath, gasp, snort: instr. sg. hreðer ǣðme wēoll, the breast (of the drake) heaved with snorting, 2594.

ǣfen, st. m., evening, 1236.

ǣfen-gram, adj., hostile at evening, night-enemy: nom. sg. m. ǣfen-grom, of Grendel, 2075.

ǣfen-lēoht, st. n., evening-light: nom. sg., 413.

ǣfen-ræst, st. f., evening-rest: acc. sg. -ræste, 647, 1253.

ǣfen-sprǣc, st. f., evening-talk: acc. sg. gemunde ...ǣfen-sprǣce, thought about what he had spoken in the evening, 760.

ǣfre, adv., ever, at any time, 70, 280, 504, 693, etc.: in negative sentences, ǣfre ne, never, 2601.—Comp. nǣfre.

ǣg-hwā (O.H.G. ēo-ga-hwër), pron., every, each: dat. sg. ǣghwǣm, 1385. The gen. sg. in adverbial sense, in all, throughout, thoroughly: ǣghwæs untǣle, thoroughly blameless, 1866; ǣghwæs unrīm, entirely innumerable quantity, i.e. an enormous multitude, 2625, 3136.

ǣg-hwæðer (O.H.G. ēo-ga-hwëdar): 1) each (of two): nom. sg. hæfde ǣghwæðer ende gefēred, each of the two (Bēowulf and the drake) had reached the end, 2845; dat. sg. ǣghwæðrum wæs brōga fram ōðrum, to each of the two (Bēowulf and the drake) was fear of the other, 2565; gen. sg. ǣghwæðres ... worda and worca, 287.—2) each (of several): dat. sg. heora ǣghwæðrum, 1637.

ǣg-hwǣr, adv., everywhere, 1060.

ǣg-hwilc (O.H.G. ēo-gi-hwëlih), pron., unusquisque, every (one): 1) used as an adj.: acc. sg. m. dǣl ǣghwylcne, 622.—2) as substantive, a) with the partitive genitive: nom. sg. ǣg-hwylc, 9, 2888; dat. sg. ǣghwylcum, 1051. b) without gen.: nom. sg. ǣghwylc, 985, 988; (wæs) ǣghwylc ōðrum trȳwe, each one (of two) true to the other, 1166.

ǣg-weard, st. f., watch on the sea shore: acc. sg. ǣg-wearde, 241.

ǣht (abstract form from āgan, denoting the state of possessing), st. f.: 1) possession, power: acc. sg. on flōdes ǣht, 42; on wæteres ǣht, into the power of the water, 516; on ǣht gehwearf Denigea frēan, passed over into the possession of a Danish master, 1680.—2) property, possessions, goods: acc. pl. ǣhte, 2249.—Comp. māðm-, gold-ǣht.

ǣht (O.H.G. āhta), st. f., pursuit: nom. þā wæs ǣht boden Swēona lēodum, segn Higelāce, then was pursuit offered to the people of the Swēonas, (their) banner to Hygelāc (i.e. the banner of the Swedes, taken during their flight, fell into the hands of Hygelāc), 2958.

ǣled (Old Sax. eld, O.N. edl-r), st. m., fire, 3016.

ǣled-lēoma, w. m., (fire-light), torch: acc. sg. lēoman, 3126. See lēoma.

ǣn (oblique form of ān), num., one: acc. sg. m. þone ǣnne þone..., the one whom..., 1054; oftor micle þonne on ǣnne sīð, much oftener than one time, 1580; forð onsendon ǣnne, sent him forth alone, 46.

ǣne, adv., once: oft nalles ǣne, 3020.

ǣnig, pron., one, any one, 474, 503, 510, 534, etc.: instr. sg. nolde ... 0nige þinga, would in no way, not at all, 792; lȳt ǣnig mearn, little did any one sorrow (i.e. no one), 3130.—With the article: næs se folccyning ... ǣnig, no people's king, 2735.—Comp. nǣnig.

ǣn-līc, adj., alone, excellent, distinguished: ǣnlīc ansȳn, distinguished appearance, 251; þēah þe hīo ǣnlīcu sȳ, though she be beautiful, 1942.

ǣr (comparative form, from ā): 1) adv., sooner, before, beforehand, 15, 656, 695, 758, etc., for a long time, 2596; eft swā ǣr, again as formerly, 643; ǣr nē siððan, neither sooner nor later, 719; ǣr and sīð, sooner and later (all times), 2501; nō þȳ ǣr (not so much the sooner), yet not, 755, 1503, 2082, 2161, 2467.—2) conjunct., before, ere: a) with the ind.: ǣr hīo tō setle gēong, 2020. b) w. subjunc.: ǣr gē fyr fēran, before you travel farther, 252; ǣr hē on hwurfe 164, so 677, 2819; ǣr þon dæg cwōme, ere the day break, 732; ǣr correlative to ǣr adv.: ǣr hē feorh seleð, aldor an ōfre, ǣr hē wille ..., he will sooner (rather) leave his life upon the shore, before (than) he will ..., 1372.—3) prepos. with dat., before ǣr dēaðe, before death, 1389; ǣr dæges hwīle, before daybreak, 2321; ǣr swylt-dæge, before the day of death, 2799.

ǣror, comp. adv., sooner, before-hand, 810; formerly, 2655.

ǣrra, comp. adj., earlier; instr. pl., ǣrran mǣlum, in former times, 908, 2238, 3036.

ǣrest, superl.: 1) adv., first of all, foremost, 6, 617, 1698, etc.—2) as subst. n., relation to, the beginning: acc. þæt ic his ǣrest þē eft gesægde (to tell thee in what relation it stood at first to the coat of mail that has been presented), 2158. See Note.

ǣr-dæg, st. m. (before-day), morning-twilight, gray of morning: dat. sg. mid ǣrdæge, 126; samod ǣrdæge, 1312, 2943.

ǣrende, st. n., errand, trust: acc. sg., 270, 345.

ǣr-fæder, st. m., late father, deceased father: nom sg. swā his ǣrfæder, 2623.

ǣr-gestrēon, st. n., old treasure, possessions dating from old times: acc sg., 1758; gen. sg. swylcra fela ǣrgestrēona, much of such old treasure, 2233. See gestrēon.

ǣr-geweorc, st. n., work dating from old times: nom. sg. enta ǣr-geweorc, the old work of the giants (of the golden sword-hilt from Grendel's water-hall), 1680. See geweorc.

ǣr-gōd, adj., good since old times, long invested with dignity or advantages: æðeling ǣrgōd, 130; (eorl) ǣrgōd, 1330; īren ǣrgōd (excellent sword), 990, 2587.

ǣr-wela, w. m., old possessions, riches dating from old times: acc. sg. ǣrwelan, 2748. See wela.

ǣs, st. n., carcass, carrion: dat. (instr.) sg. ǣse, of Æschere's corpse, 1333.

ǣt, st. m., food, meat: dat, sg., hū him æt ǣte spēow, how he fared well at meat, 3027.

ǣttren (see attor), adj., poisonous: wæs þæt blōd tō þæs hāt, ǣttren ellorgāst, se ǣr inne swealt, so hot was the blood, (and) poisonous the demon (Grendel's mother) who died therein, 1618

B

bana, bona, w. m., murderer, 158, 588, 1103, etc.: acc. sg. bonan Ongenþēowes, of Hygelāc, although in reality his men slew Ongenþēow (2965 ff.), 1969. Figuratively of inanimate objects: ne wæs ecg bona, 2507; wearð wracu Wēohstānes bana, 2614.—Comp.: ecg-, feorh-, gāst-, hand-, mūð-bana.

bon-gār, st. m. murdering spear, 2032.

ge-bannan, st. v. w. acc. of the thing and dat. of the person, to command, to bid: inf., 74.

bād, st. f., pledge, only in comp.: nȳd-bād.

bān, st. n., bone: dat. sg. on bāne (on the bony skin of the drake), 2579; dat. pl. heals ealne ymbefēng biteran bānum (here of the teeth of the drake), 2693.

bān-cofa, w. m., "cubile ossium" (Grimm) of the body: dat. sg. -cofan, 1446.

bān-fāg, adj., variegated with bones, either with ornaments made of bone-work, or adorned with bone, perhaps deer-antlers; of Hrōðgār's hall, 781. The last meaning seems the more probable.

bān-fæt, st. n., bone-vessel, i.e. the body: acc. pl. bān-fatu, 1117.

bān-hring, st. m., the bone-structure, joint, bone-joint: acc. pl. hire wið halse ... bānhringas bræc (broke her neck-joint), 1568.

bān-hūs, st. n., bone-house, i.e. the body: acc. sg. bānhūs gebræc, 2509; similarly, 3148.

bān-loca, w. m., the enclosure of the bones, i.e. the body: acc. sg. bāt bānlocan, bit the body, 743; nom. pl. burston bānlocan, the body burst (of Grendel, because his arm was torn out), 819.

bāt, st. m., boat, craft, ship, 211.—Comp. sǣ-bāt.

bāt-weard, st. m., boat-watcher, he who keeps watch over the craft. dat. sg. -wearde, 1901.

bæð, st. n., bath: acc. sg. ofer ganotes bæð, over the diver's bath (i.e. the sea), 1862.

bærnan, w. v., to cause to burn, to burn: inf. hēt ... bānfatu bærnan, bade that the bodies be burned, 1117; ongan ... beorht hofu bærnan, began to consume the splendid country-seats (the dragon), 2314.

for-bærnan, w. v., consume with fire: inf. hȳ hine ne mōston ... brondefor-bærnan, they (the Danes) could not burn him (the dead Æschere) upon the funeral-pile, 2127.

bǣdan (Goth, baidjan, O.N. beðia), to incite, to encourage: pret. bǣdde byre geonge, encouraged the youths (at the banquet), 2019.

ge-bǣdan, w. v., to press hard: pret. part. bysigum gebǣded, distressed by trouble, difficulty, danger (of battle), 2581; to drive, to send forth: strǣla storm strengum gebǣded, the storm of arrows sent with strength, 3118; overcome: draca ... bealwe gebǣded, the dragon ... overcome by the ills of battle, 2827.

bǣl (O.N. bāl), st. n., fire, flames: (wyrm) mid bǣle fōr, passed (through the air) with fire, 2309; hæfde landwara līge befangan, bǣle and bronde, with fire and burning, 2323.—Especially, the fire of the funeral-pile, the funeral-pile, 1110, 1117, 2127; ǣr hē bǣl cure, ere he sought the burning (i.e. died), 2819; hātað ... hlǣw gewyrcean ... æfter bǣle, after I am burned, let a burial mound be thrown up (Bēowulf's words), 2804.

bǣl-fȳr, st. n., bale-fire, fire of the funeral-pile: gen. pl. bǣlfȳra mǣst, 3144.

bǣl-stede, st. m., place for the funeral-pile: dat. sg. in bǣl=stede, 3098.

bǣl-wudu, st. m., wood for the funeral-pile, 3113.

bǣr, st. f., bier, 3106.

ge-bǣran, w. v., to conduct one's self, behave: inf. w. adv., ne gefrægen ic þā mǣgðe ... sēl gebǣran, I did not hear that a troop bore itself better, maintained a nobler deportment, 1013; hē on eorðan geseah þone lēofestan līfes æt ende blēate gebǣran, saw the best-beloved upon the earth, at the end of his life, struggling miserably (i.e. in a helpless situation), 2825.

ge-bǣtan (denominative from bǣte, the bit), w. v., to place the bit in the mouth of an animal, to bridle: pret. part. þā wæs Hrōðgāre hors gebǣted, 1400.

be, prep. w. dat. (with the fundamental meaning near, "but not of one direction, as æt, but more general"): 1) local, near by, near, at, on (rest): be ȳdlāfe uppe lǣgon, lay above, upon the deposit of the waves (upon the strand, of the slain nixies), 566; hæfde be honda, held by the hand (Bēowulf held Grendel), 815; be sǣm tweonum, in the circuit of both the seas, 859, 1686; be mæste, on the mast, 1906; by fȳre, by the fire, 2220; be næsse, at the promontory, 2244; sæt be þǣm gebrōðrum twǣm, sat by the two brothers, 1192; wæs se gryre lǣssa efne swā micle swā bið mægða cræft be wǣpnedmen, the terror was just so much less, as is the strength of woman to the warrior (i.e. is valued by), 1285, etc.—2) also local, but of motion from the subject in the direction of the object, on, upon, by: gefēng be eaxle, seized by the shoulder, 1538; ālēdon lēofne þēoden be mæste, laid the dear lord near the mast, 36; be healse genam, took him by the neck, fell upon his neck, 1873; wǣpen hafenade be hiltum, grasped the weapon by the hilt, 1757, etc.—3) with this is connected the causal force, on account of, for, according to: ic þis gid be þē āwræc, I spake this solemn speech for thee, for thy sake, 1724; þū þē lǣr be þon, learn according to this, from this, 1723; be fæder lāre, according to her father's direction, 1951.—4) temporal, while, during: be þē lifigendum, while thou livest, during thy life, 2666. See bī.

bed, st. n., bed, couch: acc. sg. bed, 140, 677; gen. sg. beddes, 1792; dat. pl. beddum, 1241.—Comp: deað-, hlin-, læger-, morðor-, wæl-bed.

ge-bedde, w. f., bed-fellow: dat. sg. wolde sēcan ewēn tō gebeddan, wished to seek the queen as bed-fellow, to go to bed with her, 666.—Comp. heals-gebedde.

bēgen, fem. bā, both: nom. m., 536, 770, 2708; acc. fem. on bā healfa, on two sides (i.e. Grendel and his mother), 1306; dat. m. bām, 2197; and in connection with the possessive instead of the personal pronoun, ūrum bām, 2661; gen. n. bēga, 1874, 2896; bēga gehwæðres, each one of the two, 1044; bēga folces, of both peoples, 1125.

ge-belgan, st. v. (properly, to cause to swell, to swell), to irritate: w. dat. (pret. subj.) þæt hē ēcean dryhtne bitre gebulge, that he had bitterly angered the eternal Lord, 2332; pret. part. gebolgen, 1540; (gebolge, MS.), 2222; pl. gebolgne, 1432; more according to the original meaning in torne gebolgen, 2402.

ā-belgan, to anger: pret. sg. w. acc. oð þæt hyne ān ābealh mon on mōde, till a man angered him in his heart, 2281; pret. part. ābolgen, 724.

ben, st. f., wound: acc. sg. benne, 2725.—Comp.: feorh-, seax-ben.

benc, st. f., bench: nom. sg. benc, 492; dat. sg. bence, 327, 1014, 1189, 1244.—Comp.: ealu-, medu-benc.

benc-swēg, st. m., (bench-rejoicing), rejoicing which resounds from the benches, 1162.

benc-þel, st. n., bench-board, the wainscotted space where the benches stand: nom. pl. benc-þelu, 486; acc. pl. bencþelu beredon, cleared the bench-boards (i.e. by taking away the benches, so as to prepare couches), 1240.

bend, st. m. f., bond, fetter: acc. sg. forstes bend, frost's bond, 1610; dat. pl. bendum, 978.—Comp.: fȳr-, hell-, hyge-, īren-, oncer-, searo-, wæl-bend.

ben-geat, st. n., (wound-gate), wound-opening: nom. pl. ben-geato, 1122.

bera (O.N. beri), w. m., bearer: in comp. hleor-bera.

beran, st. v. w. acc., to carry; III. sg. pres. byreð, 296, 448; þone māððum byreð, carries the treasure (upon his person), 2056; pres. subj. bere, 437; pl. beren, 2654; inf. beran, 48, 231, 291, etc.; heht þā se hearda Hrunting beran, to bring Hrunting, 1808; up beran, 1921; in beran, 2153; pret. bær, 495, 712, 847, etc.; mandryhtne bær fǣted wǣge, brought the lord the costly vessel, 2282; pl. bǣron, 213, 1636, etc.; bǣran, 2851; pret. part. boren, 1193, 1648, 3136.—The following expressions are poetic paraphrases of the forms go, come: þæt wē rondas beren eft tō earde, 2654; gewītað forð beran wǣpen and gewǣdu, 291; ic gefrægn sunu Wīhstānes hringnet beran, 2755; wīgheafolan bær, 2662; helmas bǣron, 240 (conjecture); scyldas bǣran, 2851: they lay stress upon the connection of the man with his weapons.

æt-beran, to carry to: inf. tō beadulāce (battle) ætberan, 1562; pret. þā hine on morgentīd on Heaðorǣmas holm up ætbær, the sea bore him up to the Heaðorǣmas, 519; hīo Bēowulfe medoful ætbær brought Bēowulf the mead-cup, 625; mægenbyrðenne ... hider ūt ætbær cyninge mīnum, bore the great burden hither to my king, 3093; pl. hī hyne ætbǣron tō brimes faroðe, 28.—2) bear away: æt līc ætbær, 2128.

for-beran, to hold, to suppress: inf. þæt hē þone brēostwylm forberan ne mehte, that he could not suppress the emotions of his breast, 1878.

ge-beran, to bring forth, to bear: pret. part. þæt lā mæg secgan sē þe sōð and riht fremeð on folce ... þæt þes eorl wǣre geboren betera (that may every just man of the people say, that this nobleman is better born), 1704.

oð-beran, to bring hither: pret. þā mec sǣ oðbær on Finna land, 579.

on-beran (O.H.G. in bëran, intpëran, but in the sense of carere), auferre, to carry off, to take away: inf. īren ǣrgōd þæt þæs āhlǣcan blōdge beadufolme onberan wolde, excellent sword which would sweep off the bloody hand of the demon, 991; pret. part. (wæs) onboren bēaga hord, the treasure of the rings had been carried off, 2285.—Compounds with the pres. part.: helm-, sāwl-berend.

berian (denominative from bær, naked), w. v., to make bare, to clear: pret. pl. bencþelu beredon, cleared the bench-place (by removing the benches), 1240.

berstan, st. v., to break, to burst: pret. pl. burston bānlocan, 819; bengeato burston, 1122.—to crack, to make the noise of breaking: fingras burston, the fingers cracked (from Bēowulf's gripe), 761.

for-berstan, break, to fly asunder: pret. Nægling forbærst, Nægling (Bēowulf's sword) broke in two, 2681.

betera, adj. (comp.), better: nom. sg. m. betera, 469, 1704.

bet-līc, adj., excellent, splendid: nom. sg. n., of Hrōðgār's hall, 781; of Hygelāc's residence, 1926.

betst, betost (superl.), best, the best: nom. sg. m. betst beadurinca, 1110; neut. nū is ofost betost, þæt wē ..., now is haste the best, that we..., 3008; voc. m. secg betsta, 948; neut. acc. beaduscrūda betst, 453; acc. sg. m. þegn betstan, 1872.

bēcn, st. n., (beacon), token, mark, sign: acc. sg. betimbredon beadu-rōfes bēcn (of Bēowulf's grave-mound), 3162. See beacen.

bēg. See bēag.

bēn, st. f., entreaty: gen. sg. bēne, 428, 2285.

bēna, w. m., suppliant, supplex: nom. sg. swā þū bēna eart (as thou entreatest), 352; swā hē bēna wæs (as he had asked), 3141; nom. pl. hȳ bēnan synt, 364.

ge-betan: 1) to make good, to remove: pret. ac þū Hrōðgāre wīdcūðne wēan wihte gebēttest, hast thou in any way relieved Hrōðgār of the evil known afar, 1992; pret. part. acc. sg. swylce oncȳððe ealle gebētte, removed all trouble, 831. —2) to avenge: inf. wihte ne meahte on þām feorhbonan fǣhðe gebētan, could in no way avenge the death upon the slayer, 2466.

beadu, st. f., battle, strife, combat: dat. sg. (as instr.) beadwe, in combat, 1540; gen. pl. bād beadwa ge-þinges, waited for the combats (with Grendel) that were in store for him, 710.

beadu-folm, st. f., battle-hand: acc. sg. -folme, of Grendel's hand, 991.

beado-grīma, w. m., (battle-mask), helmet: acc. pl. -grīman, 2258.

beado-hrægl, st. n., (battle-garment), corselet, shirt of mail, 552.

beadu-lāc, st. n., (exercise in arms, tilting), combat, battle: dat. sg. tō beadu-lāce, 1562.

beado-lēoma, w. m., (battle-light), sword: nom. sg., 1524.

beado-mēce, st. m., battle-sword: nom. pl. beado-mēcas, 1455.

beado-rinc, st. m., battle-hero, warrior: gen. pl. betst beadorinca, 1110.

beadu-rōf, adj., strong in battle: gen. sg. -rōfes, of Bēowulf, 3162.

beadu-rūn, st. f., mystery of battle: acc. sg. onband beadu-rūne, solved the mystery of the combat, i.e. gave battle, commenced the fight, 501.

beadu-scearp, adj., battle-sharp, sharp for the battle, 2705.

beadu-scrūd, st. n., (battle-dress), corselet, shirt of mail: gen. pl. beaduscrūda betst, 453.

beadu-serce, w. f., (battle-garment), corselet, shirt of mail: acc. sg. brogdne beadu-sercean (because it consists of interlaced metal rings), 2756.

beado-weorc, st. n., (battle-work), battle: gen. sg. gefeh beado-weorces, rejoiced at the battle, 2300.

beald, adj., bold, brave: in comp. cyning-beald.

bealdian, w. v., to show one's self brave: pret. bealdode gōdum dǣdum (through brave deeds), 2178.

bealdor, st. m., lord, prince: nom. sg. sinca baldor, 2429; winia bealdor, 2568.

bealu, st. n., evil, ruin, destruction: instr. sg. bealwe, 2827; gen. pl. bealuwa, 281; bealewa, 2083; bealwa, 910.—Comp.: cwealm-, ealdor-, hreðer-, lēod-, morðor-, niht-, sweord-, wīg-bealu.

bealu, adj., deadly, dangerous, bad: instr. sg. hyne sār hafað befongen balwon bendum, pain has entwined him in deadly bands, 978.

bealo-cwealm, st. m., violent death, death by the sword(?), 2266.

bealo-hycgende, pres. part., thinking of death, meditating destruction: gen. pl. ǣghwæðrum bealo-hycgendra, 2566.

bealo-hȳdig, adj., thinking of death, meditating destruction: of Grendel, 724.

bealo-nīð, st. m., (zeal for destruction), deadly enmity: nom. sg., 2405; destructive struggle: acc. sg. bebeorh þē þone bealonīð, beware of destructive striving, 1759; death-bringing rage: nom. sg. him on brēostum bealo-nīð wēoll, in his breast raged deadly fury (of the dragon's poison), 2715.

bearhtm (see beorht): 1) st. m., splendor, brightness, clearness: nom. sg. ēagena bearhtm, 1767.—2) sound, tone: acc. sg. bearhtm ongeāton, gūðhorn galan, they heard the sound, (heard) the battle-horn sound, 1432.

bearm, m., gremium, sinus, lap, bosom: nom. sg. foldan bearm, 1138; acc. sg. on bearm scipes, 35, 897; on bearm nacan, 214; him on bearm hladan bunan and discas, 2776.—2) figuratively, possession, property, because things bestowed were placed in the lap of the receiver (1145 and 2195, on bearm licgan, ālecgan); dat. sg. him tō bearme cwōm māððumfæt mǣre, came into his possession, 2405.

bearn, st. n., 1) child, son: nom. sg. bearn Healfdenes, 469, etc.; Ecglāfes bearn, 499, etc.; dat. sg. bearne, 2371; nom. pl. bearn, 59; dat. pl. bearnum, 1075.—2) in a broader sense, scion, offspring, descendant: nom. sg. Ongenþēow's bearn, of his grandson, 2388; nom. pl. yldo. bearn, 70; gumena bearn, children of men, 879; hæleða bearn, 1190; æðelinga bearn, 3172; acc. pl. ofer ylda bearn, 606; dat. pl. ylda bearnum, 150; gen. pl. niðða bearna, 1006.—Comp.: brōðor-, dryht-bearn.

bearn-gebyrdu, f., birth, birth of a son: gen. sg. þæt hyre ealdmetod ēste wǣre bearn-gebyrdo, has been gracious through the birth of such a son (i.e. as Bēowulf), 947.

bearu, st. m., (the bearer, hence properly only the fruit-tree, especially the oak and the beech), tree, collectively forest: nom. pl. hrīmge bearwas, rime-covered or ice-clad, 1364.

bēacen, st. n., sign, banner, vexillum: nom. sg. beorht bēacen godes, of the sun, 570; gen. pl. bēacna beorhtost, 2778. See bēcn.

ge-bēacnian, w. v., to mark, to indicate: pret. part. ge-bēacnod, 140.

bēag, st. m., ring, ornament: nom. sg. bēah (neck-ring), 1212; acc. sg. bēah (the collar of the murdered king of the Heaðobeardnas), 2042; bēg (collective for the acc. pl.), 3165; dat. sg. cwōm Wealhþēo forð gān under gyldnum bēage, she walked along under a golden head-ring, wore a golden diadem, 1164; gen. sg. bēages (of a collar), 1217; acc. pl. bēagas (rings in general), 80, 523, etc.; gen. pl. bēaga, 35, 352, 1488, 2285, etc.— Comp.: earm-, heals-bēag.

bēag-gyfa, w. m., ring-giver, designation of the prince: gen. sg. -gyfan, 1103.

bēag-hroden, adj., adorned with rings, ornamented with clasps: nom. sg. bēaghroden, cwēn, of Hrōðgār's consort, perhaps with reference to her diadem (cf. 1164, 624.

bēah-hord, st. m. n., ring-hoard, treasure consisting of rings: gen. sg. bēah-hordes, 895; dat. pl. bēah-hordum, 2827; gen. pl. bēah-horda weard, of King Hrōðgār, 922.

bēah-sele, st. m., ring-hall, hall in which the rings were distributed: nom. sg., of Heorot, 1178.

bēah-þegu, st. f., the receiving of the ring: dat. sg. æfter bēah-þege, 2177.

bēah-wriða, w. m. ring-band, ring with prominence given to its having the form of a band: acc. sg. bēah-wriðan, 2019.

bēam, st. m., tree, only in the compounds fyrgen-, glēo-bēam.

bēatan, st. v., thrust, strike: pres. sg. mearh burhstede bēateð, the steed beats the castle-ground (place where the castle is built), i.e. with his hoofs, 2266; pret. part. swealt bille ge-bēaten, died, struck by the battle-axe, 2360.

beorh, st. m.: 1) mountain, rock: dat. sg. beorge, 211; gen. sg. beorges, 2525, 2756; acc. pl. beorgas, 222.—2) grave-mound, tomb-hill: acc. sg. biorh, 2808; beorh, 3098, 3165. A grave-mound serves the drake as a retreat (cf. 2277, 2412): nom. sg. beorh, 2242; gen. sg. beorges, 2323.—Comp. stān-beorh.

beorh, st. f., veil, covering, cap; only in the comp. hēafod-beorh.

beorgan, st. v. (w. dat. of the interested person or thing), to save, to shield: inf. wolde fēore beorgan, place her life in safety, 1294; here-byrne ... sēo þe bāncofan beorgan cūðe, which could protect his body, 1446; pret. pl. ealdre burgan, 2600.

be-beorgan (w. dat. refl. of pers. and acc. of the thing), to take care, to defend one's self from: inf. him be-beorgan ne con wom, cannot keep himself from stain (fault), 1747; imp. bebeorh þē þone bealontð, 1759.

ge-beorgan (w, dat. of person or thing to be saved), to save, to protect: pret. sg. þæt gebearh fēore, protected the life, 1549; scyld wēl gebearg līfe and līce, 2571.

ymb-beorgan, to surround protectingly: pret. sg. bring ūtan ymb-bearh, 1504.

beorht, byrht, adj.: 1) gleaming, shining, radiant, shimmering: nom. sg. beorht, of the sun, 570, 1803; beorhta, of Heorot, 1178; þæt beorhte bold, 998; acc. sg. beorhtne, of Bēowulf's grave-mound, 2804; dat. sg. tō þǣre byrhtan (here-byrhtan, MS.) byrig, 1200; acc. pl. beorhte frætwe, 214, 897; beorhte randas, 231; bordwudu beorhtan, 1244; n. beorht hofu, 2314. Superl.: bēacna beorhtost, 2778. —2) excellent, remarkable: gen. sg. beorhtre bōte, 158. —Comp.: sadol-, wlite-beorht.

beorhte, adv., brilliantly, brightly, radiantly, 1518.

beorhtian, w. v., to sound clearly: pret. sg. beorhtode benc-swēg, 1162.

beorn, st. m., hero, warrior, noble man: nom. sg. (Hrōðgār), 1881, (Bēowulf), 2434, etc.; acc. sg. (Bēow.), 1025, (Æschere), 1300; dat. sg. beorne, 2261; nom. pl. beornas (Bēowulf and his companions), 211, (Hrōðgār's guests), 857; gen. pl. biorna (Bēowulf's liege-men), 2405.—Comp.: folc-, gūð-beorn.

beornan, st. v., to burn: pres. part. byrnende (of the drake), 2273.—Comp. un-byrnende.

for-beornan, to be consumed, to burn: pret. sg. for-barn, 1617, 1668; for-born, 2673.

ge-beornan, to be burned: pret. gebarn, 2698.

beorn-cyning, st. m., king of warriors, king of heroes: nom. sg. (as voc.), 2149.

bēodan, st. v.: 1) to announce, to inform, to make known: inf. bīodan, 2893.—2) to offer, to proffer (as the notifying of a transaction in direct reference to the person concerned in it): pret. pl. him geþingo budon, offered them an agreement, 1086; pret. part. þā wæs ǣht boden Swēona lēodum, then was pursuit offered the Swedish people, 2958; inf. ic þǣm gōdan sceal māðmas bēodan, I shall offer the excellent man treasures, 385.

ā-bēodan, to present, to announce: pret. word inne ābēad, made known the words within, 390; to offer, to tender, to wish: pret. him hǣl ābēad, wished him health (greeted him), 654. Similarly, hǣlo ābēad, 2419; eoton weard ābēad, offered the giant a watcher, 669.

be-bēodan, to command, to order: pret. swā him se hearda bebēad, as the strong man commanded them, 401. Similarly, swā se rīca bebēad, 1976.

ge-bēodan: 1) to command, to order: inf. hēt þā gebēodan byre Wīhstānes hæleða monegum, þæt hīe..., the son of Wihstan caused orders to be given to many of the men..., 3111.—2) to offer: him Hygd gebēad hord and rīce, offered him the treasure and the chief power, 2370; inf. gūðe gebēodan, to offer battle, 604.

bēod-genēat, st. m., table-companion: nom. and acc. pl. genēatas, 343, 1714.

bēon, verb, to be, generally in the future sense, will be: pres. sg. I. gūðgeweorca ic bēo gearo sōna, I shall immediately be ready for warlike deeds, 1826; sg. III. wā bið þǣm þe sceal..., woe to him who...! 183; so, 186; gifeðe bið is given, 299; ne bið þē wilna gād (no wish will be denied thee), 661; þǣr þē bið manna þearf, if thou shalt need the warriors, 1836; ne bið swylc cwēnlīc þēaw, is not becoming, honorable to a woman, 1941; eft sōna bið will happen directly, 1763; similarly, 1768, etc.; pl. þonne bīoð brocene, then are broken, 2064; feor cȳððe bēoð sēlran gesōhte þām þe..., "terrae longinquae meliores sunt visitatu ei qui..." (Grein), 1839; imp. bēo (bīo) þū on ofeste, hasten! 386, 2748; bēo wið Gēatas glæd, be gracious to the Gēatas, 1174.

bēor, st. n., beer: dat. sg. æt bēore, at beer-drinking, 2042; instr. sg. bēore druncen, 531; bēore druncne, 480.

bēor-scealc, st. m., keeper of the beer, cup-bearer: gen. pl. bēor-scealca sum (one of Hrōðgār's followers, because they served the Gēatas at meals), 1241.

bēor-sele, st. m., beer-hall, hall in which beer is drunk: dat. sg. in (on) bēorsele, 482, 492, 1095; bīorsele, 2636.

bēor-þegu, st. f., beer-drinking, beer-banquet: dat. sg. æfter bēorþege, 117; æt þǣre bēorþege, 618.

bēot, st. n., promise, binding agreement to something that is to be undertaken: acc. sg. hē bēot ne ālēh, did not break his pledge, 80; bēot eal ... gelǣste, performed all that he had pledged himself to, 523.

ge-bēotian, w. v., to pledge one's self to an undertaking, to bind one's self: pret. gebēotedon, 480, 536.

bēot-word, st. n., same as bēot: dat. pl. bēot-wordum spræc, 2511.

biddan, st. v., to beg, to ask, to pray: pres. sg. I. dōð swā ic bidde! 1232; inf. (w. acc. of the pers. and gen. of the thing asked for) ic þē biddan wille ānre bēne, beg thee for one, 427; pret. swā hē selfa bæd, as he himself had requested, 29; bæd hine blīðne (supply wesan) æt þǣre bēorþege, begged him to be cheerful at the beer-banquet, 618; ic þē lange bæd þæt þū..., begged you a long time that you, 1995; frioðowǣre bæd hlāford sīnne, begged his lord for protection (acc. of pers. and gen. of thing), 2283; bæd þæt gē geworhton, asked that you..., 3097; pl. wordum bǣdon þæt..., 176.

on-bidian, w. v., to await: inf. lǣtað hilde-bord hēr onbidian ... worda geþinges, let the shields await here the result of the conference (lay the shields aside here), 397.

bil, st. n. sword: nom. sg. bil, 1568; bill, 2778; acc. sg. bil, 1558; instr. sg. bille, 2360; gen. sg. billes, 2061, etc.; instr. pl. billum, 40; gen. pl. billa, 583, 1145.—Comp.: gūð-, hilde-, wīg-bil.

bindan, st. v., to bind, to tie: pret. part. acc. sg. wudu bundenne, the bound wood, i.e. the built ship, 216; bunden golde swurd, a sword bound with gold, i.e. either having its hilt inlaid with gold, or having gold chains upon the hilt (swords of both kinds have been found), 1901; nom. sg. heoru bunden, 1286, has probably a similar meaning.

ge-bindan, to bind: pret. sg. þǣr ic fīfe geband, where I had bound five(?), 420; pret. part. cyninges þegn word ōðer fand sōðe gebunden, the king's man found (after many had already praised Bēowulf's deed) other words (also referring to Bēowulf, but in connection with Sigemund) rightly bound together, i.e. in good alliterative verses, as are becoming to a gid, 872; wundenmǣl wrǣttum gebunden, sword bound with ornaments, i.e. inlaid, 1532; bisgum gebunden, bound together by sorrow, 1744; gomel gūðwīga eldo gebunden, hoary hero bound by old age (fettered, oppressed), 2112.

on-bindan, to unbind, to untie, to loose: pret. onband, 501.

ge-bind, st. n. coll., that which binds, fetters: in comp. īs-gebind.

bite, st. m., bite, figuratively of the cut of the sword: acc. sg. bite īrena, the swords' bite, 2260; dat. sg. æfter billes bite, 2061.—Comp. lāð-bite.

biter (primary meaning that of biting), adj.: 1) sharp, cutting, cutting in: acc. sg. biter (of a short sword), 2705; instr. sg. biteran strǣle, 1747; instr. pl. biteran bānum, with sharp teeth, 2693.—2) irritated, furious: nom. pl. bitere, 1432.

bitre, adv., bitterly (in a moral sense), 2332.

bī, big (fuller form of the prep. be, which see), prep. w. dat.: 1) near, at, on, about, by (as under be, No. 1): bī sǣm twēonum, in the circuit of both seas, 1957; ārās bī ronde, raised himself up by the shield, 2539; bī wealle gesæt, sat by the wall, 2718. With a freer position: him big stōdan bunan and orcas, round about him, 3048.—2) to, towards (motion): hwearf þā bī bence, turned then towards the bench, 1189; gēong bī sesse, went to the seat, 2757.

bīd (see bīdan), st. n., tarrying hesitation: þǣr wearð Ongenþīo on bīd wrecen, forced to tarry, 2963.

bīdan, st. v.: 1) to delay, to stay, to remain, to wait: inf. nō on wealle leng bīdan wolde, would not stay longer within the wall (the drake), 2309; pret. in þȳstrum bād, remained in darkness, 87; flota stille bād, the craft lay still, 301; receda ... on þǣm se rīca bād, where the mighty one dwelt, 310; þǣr se snottra bād, where the wise man (Hrōðgār) waited, 1314; hē on searwum bād, he (Bēowulf) stood there armed, 2569; ic on earde bād mǣlgesceafta, lived upon the paternal ground the time appointed me by fate, 2737; pret. pl. sume þǣr bidon, some remained, waited there, 400.—2) to await, to wait for, with the gen. of that which is awaited: inf. bīdan woldon Grendles gūðe, wished to await the combat with Grendel, to undertake it, 482; similarly, 528; wīges bīdan, await the combat, 1269; nalas andsware bīdan wolde, would await no answer, 1495; pret. bād beadwa geþinges, awaited the event of the battle, 710; sǣgenga bād āgend-frēan, the sea-goer (boat) awaited its owner, 1883; sele ... heaðowylma bād, lāðan līges (the poet probably means to indicate by these words that the hall Heorot was destroyed later in a fight by fire; an occurrence, indeed, about which we know nothing, but which 1165 and 1166, and again 2068 ff. seem to indicate), 82.

ā-bīdan, to await, with the gen.: inf., 978.

ge-bīdan: 1) to tarry, to wait: imp. gebīde gē on beorge, wait ye on the mountain, 2530; pret. part. þēah þe wintra lȳt under burhlocan gebiden hæbbe Hæreðes dōhtor although H's daughter had dwelt only a few years in the castle, 1929.—2) to live through, to experience, to expect (w. acc.): inf. sceal endedæg mīnne gebīdan, shall live my last day, 639; ne wēnde ... bōte gebīdan, did not hope ... to live to see reparation, 935; fela sceal gebīdan lēofes and lāðes, experience much good and much affliction, 1061; ende gebīdan, 1387, 2343; pret. hē þæs frōfre gebād, received consolation (compensation) therefore, 7; gebād wintra worn, lived a great number of years, 264; in a similar construction, 816, 930, 1619, 2259, 3117. With gen.: inf. tō gebīdanne ōðres yrfeweardes, to await another heir, 2453. With depend, clause: inf. tō gebīdanne þæt his byre rīde on galgan, to live to see it, that his son hang upon the gallows, 2446; pret. drēam-lēas gebād þæt hē..., joyless he experienced it, that he..., 1721; þæs þe ic on aldre gebād þæt ic..., for this, that I, in my old age, lived to see that..., 1780.

on-bīdan, to wait, to await: pret. hordweard onbād earfoðlīce oð þæt ǣfen cwōm, scarcely waited, could scarcely delay till it was evening, 2303.

bītan, st. v., to bite, of the cutting of swords: inf. bītan, 1455, 1524; pret. bāt bānlocan, bit into his body (Grendel), 743; bāt unswīðor, cut with less force (Bēowulf's sword), 2579.

blanca, w. m., properly that which shines here of the horse, not so much of the white horse as the dappled: dat. pl. on blancum, 857.

ge-bland, ge-blond, st. n., mixture, heaving mass, a turning.—Comp.: sund-, ȳð-geblond, windblond.

blanden-feax, blonden-feax, adj., mixed, i.e. having gray hair, gray-headed, as epithet of an old man: nom. sg. blondenfeax, 1792; blondenfexa, 2963; dat. sg. blondenfeaxum, 1874; nom. pl. blondenfeaxe, 1595.

blæc, adj., dark, black: nom. sg, hrefn blaca, 1802.

blāc, adj.: 1) gleaming, shining: acc. sg. blācne lēoman, a brilliant gleam, 1518.—2) of the white death-color, pale; in comp. heoroblāc.

blǣd, st. m.: 1) strength, force, vigor: nom. sg. wæs hira blǣd scacen (of both tribes), strength was gone, i.e. the bravest of both tribes lay slain, 1125; nū is þīnes mægnes blǣd āne hwīle, now the fulness of thy strength lasts for a time, 1762.—2) reputation, renown, knowledge (with stress upon the idea of filling up, spreading out): nom. sg. blǣd, 18; (þīn) blǣd is ārǣred, thy renown is spread abroad, 1704.

blǣd-āgend, pt., having renown, renowned: nom. pl. blǣd-āgende, 1014.

blǣd-fæst, adj., firm in renown, renowned, known afar: acc. sg. blǣdfæstne beorn (of Æschere, with reference to 1329, 1300.

blēat, adj., miserable, helpless; only in comp. wæl-blēat.

blēate, adv., miserably, helplessly, 2825.

blīcan, st. v., shine, gleam: inf., 222

blīðe, adj.: 1) blithe, joyous, happy acc. sg. blīðne, 618.—2) gracious, pleasing: nom. sg. blīðe, 436.—Comp. un-blīðe.

blīð-heort, adj., joyous in heart, happy: nom. sg., 1803.

blōd, st. n., blood: nom. sg., 1122; acc. sg., 743; dat. sg. blōde, 848; æfter dēorum men him langað beorn wið blōde, the hero (Hrōðgār) longs for the beloved man contrary to blood, i.e. he loves him although he is not related to him by blood, 1881; dat. as instr. blōde, 486, 935, 1595, etc.

blōd-fāg, adj., spotted with blood, bloody, 2061.

blōdig, adj., bloody: acc. sg. f. blōdge, 991; acc. sg. n. blōdig, 448; instr. sg. blōdigan gāre, 2441.

ge-blōdian, w. v., to make bloody, to sprinkle with blood: pret. part. ge-blōdegod, 2693.

blōdig-tōð, adj., with bloody teeth: nom. sg. bona blōdig-tōð (of Grendel, because he bites his victims to death), 2083.

blōd-rēow, adj., bloodthirsty, bloody-minded: nom. sg. him on ferhðe grēow brēost-hord blōd-rēow, in his bosom there grew a bloodthirsty feeling, 1720.

be-bod, st. n., command, order; in comp. wundor-bebod.

bodian, w. v., (to be a messenger), to announce, to make known: pret. hrefn blaca heofones wynne blīð-heort bodode, the black raven announced joyfully heaven's delight (the rising sun), 1803.

boga, w. m., bow, of the bended form; here of the dragon, in comp. hring-boga; as an instrument for shooting, in the comp. flān-, horn-boga; bow of the arch, in comp. stān-boga.

bolca, w. m., "forus navis" (Grein), gangway; here probably the planks which at landing are laid from the ship to the shore: acc. sg. ofer bolcan, 231.

bold, st. n., building, house, edifice: nom. sg. (Heorot), 998; (Hygelāc's residence), 1926; (Bēowulfs residence), 2197, 2327.—Comp. fold-bold.

bold-āgend, pt., house-owner, property-holder: gen. pl. monegum boldāgendra, 3113.

bolgen-mōd, adj., angry at heart, angry, 710, 1714.

bolster, st. m., bolster, cushion, pillow: dat. pl. (reced) geond-brǣded wearð beddum and bolstrum, was covered with beds and bolsters, 1241.—Comp. hlēor-bolster.

bon-. See ban-.

bora, w. m., carrier, bringer, leader: in the comp. mund-, rǣd-, wǣg-bora.

bord, st. n., shield: nom. sg., 2674; acc. sg., 2525; gen. pl. ofer borda gebræc, over the crashing of the shields, 2260.—Comp.: hilde-, wīg-bord.

bord-hæbbend, pt., one having a shield, shield-bearer: nom. pl. hæbbende, 2896.

bord-hrēoða, w. m., shield-cover, shield with particular reference to its cover (of hides or linden bark): dat. sg. -hrēoðan, 2204.

bord-rand, st. m., shield: acc. sg., 2560.

bord-weall, st. m., shield-wall, wall of shields: acc. sg., 2981.

bord-wudu, st. m., shield-wood, shield: acc. pl. beorhtan beord-wudu, 1244.

botm, st. m., bottom: dat. sg. tō botme (here of the bottom of the fen-lake), 1507.

bōt (emendation, cf. bētan), st. f.: 1) relief, remedy: nom. sg., 281; acc. sg. bōte, 935; acc. sg. bōte, 910.—2) a performance in expiation, a giving satisfaction, tribute: gen. sg. bōte, 158.

brand, brond, st. m.: 1) burning, fire: nom. sg. þā sceal brond fretan (the burning of the body), 3015; instr. sg. by hine ne mōston ... bronde forbærnan (could not bestow upon him the solemn burning), 2127; hæfde landwara līge befangen, bǣle and bronde, with glow, fire, and flame, 2323.—2) in the passage, þæt hine nō brond nē beadomēcas bītan ne meahton, 1455, brond has been translated sword, brand (after the O.N. brand-r). The meaning fire may be justified as well, if we consider that the old helmets were generally made of leather, and only the principal parts were mounted with bronze. The poet wishes here to emphasize the fact that the helmet was made entirely of metal, a thing which was very unusual.—3) in the passage, forgeaf þā Bēowulfe brand Healfdenes segen gyldenne, 1021, our text, with other editions, has emendated, bearn, since brand, if it be intended as a designation of Hrōðgār (perhaps son), has not up to this time been found in this sense in A.-S.

brant, bront, adj., raging, foaming, going-high, of ships and of waves: acc. sg. brontne, 238, 568.

brād, adj.: 1) extended, wide: nom. pl. brāde rīce, 2208.—2) broad: nom. sg. hēah and brād (of Bēowulf's grave-mound), 3159; acc. sg. brādne mēce, 2979; (seax) brād [and] brūnecg, the broad, short sword with bright edge, 1547.—3) massive, in abundance. acc, sg. brād gold, 3106.

ge-bræc, st. n., noise, crash: acc. sg. borda gebræc, 2260.

geond-brǣdan, w. v., to spread over, to cover entirely: pret. part. geond-brǣded, 1240.

brecan, st. v.: 1) to break, to break to pieces: pret. bānhringas bræc, (the sword) broke the joints, 1568. In a moral sense: pret. subj. þæt þǣr ǣnig mon wǣre ne brǣce, that no one should break the agreement, 1101; pret. part. þonne bīoð brocene ... āð-sweord eorla, then are the oaths of the men broken, 2064.—2) probably also simply to break in upon something, to press upon, w. acc.: pret. sg. sǣdēor monig hildetūxum heresyrcan bræc, many a sea-animal pressed with his battle-teeth upon the shirt of mail (did not break it, for, according to 1549 f., 1553 f., it was still unharmed). 1512.—3) to break out, to spring out: inf. geseah ... strēam ūt brecan of beorge, saw a stream break out from the rocks, 2547; lēt se hearda Higelāces þegn brādne mēce ... brecan ofer bordweal, caused the broadsword to spring out over the wall of shields, 2981.—4) figuratively, to vex, not to let rest: pret. hine fyrwyt bræc, curiosity tormented (N.H.G. brachte die Neugier um), 232, 1986, 2785.

ge-brecan, to break to pieces: pret. bānhūs gebræc, broke in pieces his body (Bēowulf in combat with Dæghrefn), 2509.

tō-brecan, to break in pieces: inf., 781; pret. part. tō-brocen, 998.

þurh-brecan, to break through, pret. wordes ord brēosthord þurh-bræc, the word's point broke through his closed breast, i.e. a word burst out from his breast, 2793.

brecð, st. f., condition of being broken, breach: nom. pl. mōdes brecða (sorrow of heart), 171.

ā-bredwian, w. v. w. acc., to fell to the ground, to kill (?): pret. ābredwade, 2620.

bregdan, st. v., properly to swing round, hence: 1) to swing: inf. under sceadu bregdan, swing among the shadows, to send into the realm of shadows, 708; pret. brægd ealde lāfe, swung the old weapon, 796; brægd feorh-genīðlan, swung his mortal enemy (Grendel's mother), threw her down, 1540; pl. git ēagorstrēam ... mundum brugdon, stirred the sea with your hands (of the movement of the hands in swimming), 514; pret. part. brōden (brogden) mǣl, the drawn sword, 1617, 1668.—2) to knit, to knot, to plait: inf., figuratively, inwitnet ōðrum bregdan, to weave a waylaying net for another (as we say in the same way, to lay a trap for another, to dig a pit for another), 2168; pret. part. beadohrægl brōden, a woven shirt of mail (because it consisted of metal rings joined together), 552; similarly, 1549; brogdne beadusercean, 2756.

ā-bregdan, to swing: pret. hond up ā-bræd, swung, raised his hand, 2576.

ge-bregdan: 1) swing: pret. hring-mǣl gebrægd, swung the ringed sword, 1565; eald sweord ēacen ... þæt ic þȳ wǣpne gebrægd, an old heavy sword that I swung as my weapon, 1665; with interchanging instr. and acc. wællseaxe gebrǣ, biter and beadu-scearp, 2704; also, to draw out of the sheath: sweord ǣr gebrǣ, had drawn the sword before, 2563.—2) to knit, to knot, to plait: pret. part. bere-byrne hondum gebrōden, 1444.

on-bregdan, to tear open, to throw open: pret. onbræd þā recedes mūðan, had then thrown open the entrance of the hall (onbregdan is used because the opening door swings upon its hinges), 724.

brego, st. m., prince, ruler: nom. sg. 427, 610.

brego-rōf, adj., powerful, like a ruler, of heroic strength : nom. sg. m., 1926.

brego-stōl, st. m., throne, figuratively for rule: acc. sg. him gesealde seofon þūsendo, bold and brego-stōl, seven thousand see under sceat), a country-seat, and the dignity of a prince, 2197; þǣr him Hygd gebēad ... brego-stōl, where H. offered him the chief power, 2371; lēt þone bregostōl Bēowulf healdan, gave over to Bēowulf the chief power (did not prevent Bēowulf from entering upon the government), 2390.

brēme, adj., known afar, renowned. nom. sg., 18.

brenting (see brant), st. m., ship craft: nom. pl. brentingas, 2808.

ā-brēatan, st. v., to break, to break in pieces, to kill: pret. ābrēot brimwīsan, killed the sea-king (King Hæðcyn), 2931. See brēotan.

brēost, st. n.: 1) breast: nom. sg., 2177; often used in the pl., so acc. þæt mīne brēost wereð, which protects my breast, 453; dat. pl. beadohrægl brōden on brēostum læg. 552.—2) the inmost thoughts, the mind, the heart, the bosom: nom. sg. brēost innan wēoll þēostrum geþoncum, his breast heaved with troubled thoughts, 2332; dat. pl. lēt þā of brēostum word ūt faran, caused the words to come out from his bosom, 2551.

brēost-gehygd, st. n. f., breast-thought, secret thought: instr. pl. -gehygdum, 2819.

brēost-gewǣdu, st. n. pl., breast-clothing, garment covering the breast, of the coat of mail: nom., 1212; acc., 2163.

brēost-hord, st. m., breast-hoard, that which is locked in the breast, heart, mind, thought, soul: nom. sg., 1720; acc. sg., 2793.

brēost-net, st. n., breast-net, shirt of chain-mail, coat of mail: nom. sg. brēost-net brōden, 1549.

brēost-weorðung, st. f., ornament that is worn upon the breast: acc. sg. brēost-weorðunge, 2505: here the collar is meant which Bēowulf receives from Wealhþēow (1196, 2174) as a present, and which B., according to 2173, presents to Hygd, while, according to 1203, it is in the possession of her husband Hygelāc. In front the collar is trimmed with ornaments (frætwe), which hang down upon the breast, hence the name brēost-weorðung.

brēost-wylm, st. m., heaving of the breast, emotion of the bosom: acc. sg, 1878.

brēotan, st. v., to break, to break in pieces, to kill: pret. brēat bēodgenēatas, killed his table-companions (courtiers), 1714.

ā-brēotan, same as above: pret. þone þe hēo on ræste ābrēat, whom she killed upon his couch, 1299; pret. part. þā þæt monige gewearð, þæt hine sēo brimwylf ābroten hæfde, many believed that the sea-wolf (Grendel's mother) had killed him, 1600; hī hyne ... ābroten hæfdon, had killed him (the dragon), 2708.

brim, st. n., flood, the sea: nom. sg., 848, 1595; gen. sg. tō brimes faroðe, to the sea, 28; æt brimes nosan, at the sea's promontory, 2804; nom. pl. brimu swaðredon, the waves subsided, 570.

brim-clif, st. n., sea-cliff, cliff washed by the sea: acc. pl. -clifu, 222.

brim-lād, st. f., flood-way, sea-way: acc. sg. þāra þe mid Bēowulfe brimlāde tēah, who had travelled the sea-way with B., 1052.

brim-līðend, pt, sea-farer, sailor acc. p. -līðende, 568.

brim-strēam, st. m., sea-stream, the flood of the sea: acc. pl. ofer brim-strēamas, 1911.

brim-wīsa, w. m., sea-king: acc. sg. brimwīsan, of Hæðcyn, king of the Gēatas, 2931.

brim-wylf, st. f., sea-wolf (designation of Grendel's mother): nom. sg. sēo brimwylf, 1507, 1600.

brim-wylm, st. m., sea-wave: nom. sg., 1495.

bringan, anom. v., to bring, to bear: prs. sg. I. ic þē þūsenda þegna bringe tō helpe, bring to your assistance thousands of warriors, 1830; inf. sceal hringnaca ofer hēaðu bringan lāc and luftācen, shall bring gifts and love-tokens over the high sea, 1863; similarly, 2149, 2505; pret. pl. wē þās sǣlāc ... brōhton, brought this sea-offering (Grendel's head), 1654.

ge-bringan, to bring: pres. subj. pl. þat wē þone gebringan ... on ādfære, that we bring him upon the funeral-pile, 3010.

brosnian, w. v., to crumble, to become rotten, to fall to pieces: prs. sg. III. herepād ... brosnað æfter beorne, the coat of mail falls to pieces after (the death of) the hero, 2261.

brōðor, st. m., brother: nom. sg., 1325, 2441; dat sg. brēðer, 1263; gen. sg. his brōðor bearn, 2620; dat. pl. brōðrum, 588, 1075.

ge-brōðru, pl., brethren, brothers: dat. pl. sæt be þǣm gebrōðrum twǣm, sat by the two brothers, 1192.

brōga, w. m., terror, horror: nom. sg., 1292, 2325, 2566; acc. sg. billa brōgan, 583.—Comp.: gryre-, here-brōga.

brūcan, st. v. w. gen., to use, to make use of: prs. sg. III. sē þe longe hēr worolde brūceð, who here long makes use of the world, i.e. lives long, 1063; imp. brūc manigra mēda, make use of many rewards, give good rewards, 1179; to enjoy: inf. þæt hē bēahhordes brūcan mōste, could enjoy the ring-hoard, 895; similarly, 2242, 3101; pret. brēac līfgesceafta, enjoyed the appointed life, lived the appointed time, 1954. With the genitive to be supplied: brēac þonne mōste, 1488; imp. brūc þisses bēages, enjoy this ring, take this ring, 1217. Upon this meaning depends the form of the wish, wēl brūcan (compare the German geniesze froh!): inf. hēt hine wēl brūcan, 1046; hēt hine brūcan well, 2813; imp. brūc ealles well, 2163.

brūn, adj., having a brown lustre, shining: nom. sg. sīo ecg brūn, 2579.

brūn-ecg, adj., having a gleaming blade: acc. sg. n. (hyre seaxe) brād [and] brūnecg, her broad sword with gleaming blade, 1547.

brūn-fāg, adj., gleaming like metal: acc. sg. brūnfāgne helm, 2616.

bryne-lēoma, w. m., light of a conflagration, gleam of fire : nom. sg., 2314.

bryne-wylm, st. m., wave of fire: dat. pl. -wylmum, 2327.

brytnian (properly to break in small pieces, cf. brēotan), w. v., to bestow, to distribute: pret. sinc brytnade, distributed presents, i.e. ruled (since the giving of gifts belongs especially to rulers), 2384.

brytta, w. m., giver, distributer, always designating the king: nom. sg. sinces brytta, 608, 1171, 2072; acc. sg. bēaga bryttan, 35, 352, 1488; sinces bryttan, 1923.

bryttian (to be a dispenser), w. v., to distribute, to confer: prs. sg. III. god manna cynne snyttru bryttað, bestows wisdom upon the human race, 1727.

brȳd, st. f.: 1) wife, consort: acc. sg. brȳd, 2931; brȳde, 2957, both times of the consort of Ongenþēow (?).—2) betrothed, bride: nom. sg., of Hrōðgār's daughter, Frēaware, 2032.

brȳd-būr, st. n., woman's apartment: dat. sg. ēode ... cyning of brȳdbūre, the king came out of the apartment of his wife (into which, according to 666, he had gone), 922.

bunden-stefna, w. m., (that which has a bound prow), the framed ship: nom. sg., 1911.

bune, w. f., can or cup, drinking-vessel: nom. pl. bunan, 3048; acc. pl. bunan, 2776.

burh, burg, st. f., castle, city, fortified house: acc. sg. burh, 523; dat. sg. byrig, 1200; dat. pl. burgum, 53, 1969, 2434.—Comp.: frēo, freoðo-, hēa-, hlēo-, hord-, lēod-, mǣg-burg.

burh-loca, w. m., castle-bars: dat. sg. under burh-locan, under the castle-bars, i.e. in the castle (Hygelāc's), 1929.

burh-stede, st. m., castle-place, place where the castle or city stands: acc. sg. burhstede, 2266.

burh-wela, w. m., riches, treasure of a castle or city: gen. sg. þenden hē burh-welan brūcan mōste, 3101.

burne, w. f., spring, fountain: gen. þǣre burnan wælm, the bubbling of the spring, 2547.

būan, st. v.: 1) to stay, to remain, to dwell: inf. gif hē weard onfunde būan on beorge, if he had found the watchman dwelling on the mountain, 2843.—2) to inhabit, w. acc.: meduseld būan, to inhabit the mead-house, 3066.

ge-būan, w. acc., to occupy a house, to take possession: pret. part. hēan hūses, hū hit Hring Dene æfter bēorþege gebūn hæfdon, how the Danes, after their beer-carouse, had occupied it (had made their beds in it), 117.—With the pres. part. būend are the compounds ceaster-, fold-, grund-, lond-būend.

būgan, st. v., to bend, to bow, to sink; to turn, to flee: prs. sg. III. bon-gār būgeð, the fatal spear sinks, i.e. its deadly point is turned down, it rests, 2032; inf. þæt se byrnwīga būgan sceolde, that the armed hero had to sink down (having received a deadly blow), 2919; similarly, 2975; pret. sg. bēah eft under eorðweall, turned, fled again behind the earth-wall, 2957; pret. pl. bugon tō bence, turned to the bench, 327, 1014; hȳ on holt bugon, fled to the wood, 2599.

ā-būgan, to bend off, to curve away from: pret. fram sylle ābēag medubenc monig, from the threshold curved away many a mead-bench, 776.

be-būgan, w. acc., to surround, to encircle: prs. swā (which) wæter bebūgeð, 93; efne swā sīde swā sǣ bebūgeð windige weallas, as far as the sea encircles windy shores, 1224.

ge-būgan, to bend, to bow, to sink: a) intrans.: hēo on flet gebēah, sank on the floor, 1541; þā gebēah cyning, then sank the king, 2981; þā se wyrm gebēah snūde tōsomne (when the drake at once coiled itself up), 2568; gewāt þā gebogen scrīðan tō, advanced with curved body (the drake), 2570.—b) w. acc. of the thing to which one bends or sinks: pret. selereste gebēah, sank upon the couch in the hall, 691; similarly gebēag, 1242.

būr, st. n., apartment, room: dat. sg. būre, 1311, 2456; dat. pl. būrum, 140.—Comp. brȳd-būr.

būtan, būton (from be and ūtan, hence in its meaning referring to what is without, excluded): 1) conj. with subjunctive following, lest: būtan his līc swice, lest his body escape, 967. With ind. following, but: būton hit wæs māre þonne ǣnig mon ōðer tō beadulāce ætberan meahte, but it (the sword) was greater than any other man could have carried to battle, 1561. After a preceding negative verb, except: þāra þe gumena bearn gearwe ne wiston būton Fitela mid hine, which the children of men did not know at all, except Fitela, who was with him, 880; ne nom hē māðm-ǣhta mā būton þone hafelan, etc., he took no more of the rich treasure than the head alone, 1615.—2) prep, with dat., except: būton folcscare, 73; būton þē, 658; ealle būton ānum, 706.

bycgan, w. v., to buy, to pay: inf. ne wæs þæt gewrixle til þæt hīe on bā healfa bicgan scoldon frēonda fēorum, that was no good transaction, that they, on both sides (as well to Grendel as to his mother), had to pay with the lives of their friends, 1306.

be-bycgan, to sell: pret. nū ic on māðma hord mīne bebohte frōde feorhlege (now I, for the treasure-hoard, gave up my old life), 2800.

ge-bycgan, to buy, to acquire; to pay: pret. w. acc. nō þǣr ǣnige ... frōfre gebohte, obtained no sort of help, consolation, 974; hit (his, MS.) ealdre gebohte, paid it with his life, 2482; pret. part. sylfes fēore bēagas [geboh]te, bought rings with his own life, 3015.

byldan, w. v. (to make beald, which see), to excite, to encourage, to brave deeds: inf. w. acc. swā hē Frēsena cyn on bēorsele byldan wolde (by distributing gifts), 1095.

ge-byrd, st. n., "fatum destinatum" (Grein) (?): acc. sg. hīe on gebyrd hruron gāre wunde, 1075.

ge-byrdu, st. f., birth; in compound, bearn-gebyrdu.

byrdu-scrūd, st. n., shield-ornament, design upon a shield(?): nom. sg., 2661.

byre, st. m., (born) son: nom. sg., 2054, 2446, 2622, etc.; nom. pl. byre, 1189. In a broader sense, young man, youth: acc. pl. bǣdde byre geonge, encouraged the youths (at the banquet), 2019.

byrðen, st. f., burden; in comp. mægen-byrðen.

byrele, st. m., steward, waiter, cupbearer: nom. pl. byrelas, 1162.

byrgan, w. v., to feast, to eat: inf., 448.

ge-byrgea, w. m., protector; in comp. lēod-gebyrgea.

byrht. See beorht.

byrne, w. f., shirt of mail, mail: nom. sg. byrne, 405, 1630, etc.; hringed byrne, ring-shirt, consisting of interlaced rings, 1246; acc. sg. byrnan, 1023, etc.; sīde byrnan, large coat of mail, 1292; hringde byrnan, 2616; hāre byrnan, gray coat of mail (of iron), 2154; dat. sg. on byrnan, 2705; gen. sg. byrnan hring, the ring of the shirt of mail (i.e. the shirt of mail), 2261; dat. pl. byrnum, 40, 238, etc.; beorhtum byrnum, with gleaming mail, 3141.—Comp.: gūð-, here-, heaðo-, īren-, īsern-byrne.

byrnend. See beornan.

byrn-wiga, w. m., warrior dressed in a coat of mail: nom. sg., 2919.

bysgu, bisigu, st. f., trouble, difficulty, opposition: nom. sg. bisigu, 281; dat. pl. bisgum, 1744, bysigum, 2581.

bysig, adj., opposed, in need, in the compounds līf-bysig, syn-bysig.

bȳme, w. f., a wind-instrument, a trumpet, a trombone: gen. sg. bȳman gealdor, the sound of the trumpet, 2944.

bȳwan, w. v., to ornament, to prepare: inf. þā þe beado-grīman bȳwan sceoldon, who should prepare the helmets, 2258.

C

camp, st. m., combat, fight between two: dat. sg. in campe (Bēowulf's with Dæghrefn; cempan, MS.), 2506.

candel, st. f., light, candle: nom. sg. rodores candel, of the sun, 1573.—Comp. woruld-candel.

cempa, w. m., fighter, warrior, hero: nom. sg. æðele cempa, 1313; Gēata cempa, 1552; rēðe cempa, 1586; mǣre cempa (as voc.), 1762; gyrded cempa, 2079; dat. sg. geongum (geongan) cempan, 1949, 2045, 2627; Hūga cempan, 2503; acc. pl. cempan, 206.—Comp. fēðe-cempa.

cennan, w. v.: 1) to bear, w. acc.: efne swā hwylc mægða swā þone magan cende, who bore the son, 944; pret. part. þǣm eafera wæs æfter cenned, to him was a son born, 12.—2) reflexive, to show one's self, to reveal one's self: imp. cen þec mid cræfte, prove yourself by your strength, 1220.

ā-cennan, to bear: pret. part. nō hīe fæder cunnon, hwæðer him ǣnig wæs ǣr ācenned dyrnra gāsta, they (the people of the country) do not know his (Grendel's) father, nor whether any evil spirit has been before born to him (whether he has begotten a son), 1357.

cēnðu, st. f., boldness: acc. sg. cēnðu, 2697.

cēne, adj., keen, warlike, bold: gen. p.. cēnra gehwylcum, 769. Superl., acc. pl. cēnoste, 206.—Comp.: dǣd-, gār-cēne.

ceald, adj., cold: acc. pl. cealde strēamas, 1262; dat. pl. cealdum cearsīðum, with cold, sad journeys, 2397. Superl. nom. sg. wedera cealdost, 546;—Comp. morgen-ceald.

cearian, w. v., to have care, to take care, to trouble one's self: prs. sg. III. nā ymb his līf cearað, takes no care for his life, 1537.

cearig, adj., troubled, sad: in comp. sorh-cearig.

cear-sīð, st. m., sorrowful way, an undertaking that brings sorrow, i.e. a warlike expedition: dat. pl. cearsīðum (of Bēowulf's expeditions against Ēadgils), 2397.

cearu, st. f., care, sorrow, lamentation: nom. sg., 1304; acc. sg. [ceare], 3173.—Comp.: ealdor-, gūð-, mǣl-, mōd-cearu.

cear-wælm, st. m., care-agitation, waves of sorrow in the breast: dat. pl. æfter cear-wælmum, 2067.

cear-wylm, st. m., same as above; nom. pl. þā cear-wylmas, 282.

ceaster-būend, pt, inhabitant of a fortified place, inhabitant of a castle: dat. pl. ceaster-būendum, of those established in Hrōðgār's castle, 769.

cēap, st. m., purchase, transaction: figuratively, nom. sg. næs þæt ȳðe cēap, no easy transaction, 2416; instr. sg. þēah þe ōðer hit ealdre gebohte, heardan cēape, although the one paid it with his life, a dear purchase, 2483.

ge-cēapian, w. v., to purchase: pret. part. gold unrīme grimme gecēapod, gold without measure, bitterly purchased (with Bēowulf's life), 3013.

be-ceorfan, st. v., to separate, to cut off (with acc. of the pers. and instr. of the thing): pret. hine þā hēafde becearf, cut off his head, 1591; similarly, 2139.

ceorl, st. m., man: nom. sg. snotor ceorl monig, many a wise man, 909; dat. sg. gomelum ceorle, the old man (of King Hrēðel), 2445; so, ealdum ceorle, of King Ongenþēow, 2973; nom. pl. snotere ceorlas, wise men, 202, 416, 1592.

cēol, st. m., keel, figuratively for the ship: nom. sg., 1913; acc. sg. cēol, 38, 238; gen. sg. cēoles, 1807.

cēosan, st. v., to choose, hence, to assume: inf. þone cynedōm cīosan wolde, would assume the royal dignity, 2377; to seek: pret. subj. ǣr hē bǣl cure, before he sought his funeral-pile (before he died), 2819.

ge-cēosan, to choose, to elect: gerund, tō gecēosenne cyning ǣnigne (sēlran), to choose a better king, 1852; imp. þē þæt sēlre ge-cēos, choose thee the better (of two: bealonīð and ēce rǣdas), 1759; pret. hē ūsic on herge gecēas tō þyssum siðfate, selected us among the soldiers for this undertaking, 2639; gecēas ēcne rǣd, chose the everlasting gain, i.e. died, 1202; similarly, godes lēoht gecēas, 2470; pret. part. acc. pl. hæfde ... cempan gecorone, 206.

on-cirran, w. v., to turn, to change: inf. ne meahte ... þæs wealdendes [willan] wiht on-cirran, could not change the will of the Almighty, 2858; pret. ufor oncirde, turned higher, 2952; þyder oncirde, turned thither, 2971.

ā-cīgan, w. v., to call hither: pret. ācīgde of corðre cyninges þegnas syfone, called from the retinue of the king seven men, 3122.

clam, clom, st. m., f. n.? fetter, figuratively of a strong gripe: dat. pl. heardan clammum, 964; heardum clammum, 1336; atolan clommum (horrible claws of the mother of Grendel), 1503.

clif, cleof, st. n., cliff, promontory: acc. pl. Gēata clifu, 1912.—Comp.: brim-, ēg-, holm-, stān-clif.

ge-cnāwan, st. v., to know, to recognize: inf. meaht þū, mīn wine, mēce gecnāwan, mayst thou, my friend, recognize the sword, 2048.

on-cnāwan, to recognize, to distinguish: hordweard oncnīow mannes reorde, distinguished the speech of a man, 2555.

cniht, st. m., boy, youth: dat. pl. þyssum cnyhtum, to these boys (Hrōðgār's sons), 1220.

cniht-wesende, prs. part., being a boy or a youth: acc. sg. ic hine cūðe cniht-wesende, knew him while still a boy, 372; nom. pl. wit þæt gecwǣdon cniht-wesende, we both as young men said that, 535.

cnyssan, w. v., to strike, to dash against each other: pret. pl. þonne ... eoferas cnysedan, when the bold warriors dashed against each other, stormed (in battle), 1329.

collen-ferhð, -ferð, adj., (properly, of swollen mind), of uncommon thoughts, in his way of thinking, standing higher than others, high-minded: nom. sg. cuma collen-ferhð, of Bēowulf, 1807; collen-ferð, of Wīglāf, 2786.

corðer, st. n., troop, division of an army, retinue: dat. sg. þā wæs ... Fin slægen, cyning on corðre, then was Fin slain, the king in the troop (of warriors), 1154; of corðre cyninges, out of the retinue of the king, 3122.

costian, w. v., to try; pret. (w. gen.) hē mīn costode, tried me, 2085.

cofa, w. m., apartment, sleeping-room, couch: in comp. bān-cofa.

cōl, adj., cool: compar. cearwylmas cōlran wurðað, the waves of sorrow become cooler, i.e. the mind becomes quiet, 282; him wīflufan ... cōlran weorðað, his love for his wife cools, 2067.

cræft, st. m., the condition of being able, hence: 1) physical strength: nom. sg. mægða cræft, 1284; acc. sg. mægenes cræft, 418; þurh ānes cræft, 700; cræft and cēnðu, 2697; dat. (instr.) sg. cræfte, 983, 1220, 2182, 2361.—2) art, craft, skill: dat. sg. as instr. dyrnum cræfte, with secret (magic) art, 2169; dyrnan cræfte, 2291; þēofes cræfte, with thief's craft, 2221; dat. pl. dēofles cræftum, by devil's art (sorcery), 2089.—3) great quantity (?): acc. sg. wyrm-horda cræft, 2223.—Comp.: leoðo-, mægen-, nearo-, wīg-cræft.

cræftig, adj.: 1) strong, stout: nom. sg. eafoðes cræftig, 1467; nīða cræftig, 1963. Comp. wīg-cræftig.—2) adroit, skilful: in comp. lagu-cræftig.—3) rich (of treasures); in comp. ēacen-cræftig.

cringan, st. v., to fall in combat, to fall with the writhing movement of those mortally wounded: pret. subj. on wæl crunge, would sink into death, would fall, 636; pret. pl. for the pluperfect, sume on wæle crungon, 1114.

ge-cringan, same as above: pret. hē under rande gecranc, fell under his shield, 1210; æt wīge gecrang, fell in battle, 1338; hēo on flet gecrong, fell to the ground, 1569; in campe gecrong, fell in single combat, 2506.

cuma (he who comes), w. m., newcomer, guest: nom. sg. 1807.—Comp.: cwealm-, wil-cuma.

cuman, st. v., to come: pres. sg. II. gyf þū on weg cymest, if thou comest from there, 1383; III. cymeð, 2059; pres. subj. sg. III. cume, 23; pl. þonne wē ūt cymen, when we come out, 3107; inf. cuman, 244, 281, 1870; pret. sg. cōm, 430, 569, 826, 1134, 1507, 1601, etc.; cwōm, 419, 2915; pret. subj. sg. cwōme, 732; pret. part. cumen, 376; pl. cumene, 361. Often with the inf. of a verb of motion, as, cōm gongan, 711; cōm sīðian, 721; cōm in gān, 1645; cwōm gān, 1163; cōm scacan, 1803; cwōmon lǣdan, 239; cwōmon sēcean, 268; cwōman scrīðan, 651, etc.

be-cuman, to come, to approach, to arrive: pret. syððan niht becōm, after the night had come, 115; þē on þā lēode becōm, that had come over the people, 192; þā hē tō hām becōm, 2993. And with inf. following: stefn in becōm ... hlynnan under hārne stān, 2553; lȳt eft becwōm ... hāmes nīosan, 2366; oð þæt ende becwōm, 1255; similarly, 2117. With acc. of pers.: þā hyne sīo þrāg becwōm, when this time of battle came over him, 2884.

ofer-cuman, to overcome, to compel: pret. þȳ hē þone fēond ofercwōm, thereby he overcame the foe, 1274: pl. hīe fēond heora ... ofercōmon, 700; pret. part. (w. gen.) nīða ofercumen, compelled by combats, 846.

cumbol, cumbor, st. m., banner: gen. sg. cumbles hyrde, 2506.—Comp. hilte-cumbor.

cund, adj., originating in, descended from: in comp. feorran-cund.

cunnan, verb pret. pres.: 1) to know, to be acquainted with (w. acc. or depend, clause): sg. pres. I. ic mīnne can glædne Hrōðulf þæt hē ... wile, I know my gracious H., that he will..., 1181; II. eard gīt ne const, thou knowest not yet the land, 1378; III. hē þæt wyrse ne con, knows no worse, 1740. And reflexive: con him land geare, knows the land well, 2063; pl. men ne cunnon hwyder helrūnan scrīðað, men do not know whither..., 162; pret. sg. ic hine cūðe, knew him, 372; cūðe hē duguð þēaw, knew the customs of the distinguished courtiers, 359; so with the acc., 2013; seolfa ne cūðe þurh hwæt..., he himself did not know through what..., 3068; pl. sorge ne cūðon, 119; so with the acc., 180, 418, 1234. With both (acc. and depend. clause): nō hīe fæder cunnon (scil. nō hīe cunnon) hwæðer him ǣnig wæs ǣr ācenned dyrnra gāsta, 1356.—2) with inf. following, can, to be able: prs. sg. him bebeorgan ne con, cannot defend himself, 1747; prs. pl. men ne cunnon secgan, cannot say, 50; pret. sg. cūðe reccan, 90; beorgan cūðe, 1446; pret. pl. herian ne cūðon, could not praise, 182; pret. subj. healdan cūðe, 2373.

cunnian, w. v., to inquire into, to try, w. gen. or acc.: inf. sund cunnian (figurative for roam over the sea), 1427, 1445; geongne cempan higes cunnian, to try the young warrior's mind, 2046; pret. eard cunnode, tried the home, i.e. came to it, 1501; pl. wada cunnedon, tried the flood, i.e. swam through the sea, 508.

cūð, adj.: 1) known, well known; manifest, certain: nom. sg. undyrne cūð, 150, 410; wīde cūð, 2924; acc. sg. fern. cūðe folme, 1304; cūðe strǣte, 1635; nom. pl. ecge cūðe, 1146; acc. pl. cūðe næssas, 1913.—2) renowned: nom. sg. gūðum cūð, 2179; nom. pl. cystum cūðe, 868.—3) also, friendly, dear, good (see un-cūð).—Comp.: un-, wīd-cūð.

cūð-līce, adv., openly, publicly: comp. nō hēr cūðlīcor cuman ongunnon lind-hæbbende, no shield-bearing men undertook more boldly to come hither (the coast-watchman means by this the secret landing of the Vikings), 244.

cwalu, st. f., murder, fall: in comp. dēað-cwalu.

cweccan (to make alive, see cwic), w. v., to move, to swing: pret. cwehte mægen-wudu, swung the wood of strength (= spear), 235.

cweðan, st. v., to say, to speak: a) absolutely: prs. sg. III. cwið æt bēore, speaks at beer-drinking, 2042.—b) w. acc.: pret. word æfter cwæð, 315; fēa worda cwæð, 2247, 2663.—c) with þæt following: pret. sg. cwæð, 92, 2159; pl. cwǣdon, 3182.—d) with þæt omitted: pret. cwæð hē gūð-cyning sēcean wolde, said he would seek out the war-king, 199; similarly, 1811, 2940.

ā-cweðan, to say, to speak, w. acc.: prs. þæt word ācwyð, speaks the word, 2047; pret. þæt word ācwæð, 655.

ge-cweðan, to say, to speak: a) absolutely: pret. sg. II. swā þū gecwǣde, 2665.—b)w. acc.: pret. wēl-hwylc gecwæð, spoke everything, 875; pl. wit þæt gecwǣdon, 535.—c) w. þæt following: pret. gecwæð, 858, 988.

cwellan, w. v., (to make die), to kill, to murder: pret. sg. II. þū Grendel cwealdest, 1335.

ā-cwellan, to kill: pret. sg. (hē) wyrm ācwealde, 887; þone þe Grendel ǣr māne ācwealde, whom Grendel had before wickedly murdered, 1056; beorn ācwealde, 2122.

cwēn, st. f.: 1) wife, consort (of noble birth): nom. sg. cwēn, 62; (Hrōðgār's), 614, 924; (Finn's), 1154.—2) particularly denoting the queen: nom. sg. bēaghroden cwēn (Wealhþēow), 624; mǣru cwēn, 2017; fremu folces cwēn (Þrȳðo), 1933; acc. sg. cwēn (Wealhþēow), 666.-Comp. folc-cwēn.

cwēn-līc, adj., feminine, womanly: nom. sg. ne bið swylc cwēnlīc þēaw (such is not the custom of women, does not become a woman), 1941.

cwealm, st. m., violent death, murder, destruction: acc. sg. þone cwealm gewræc, avenged the death (of Abel by Cain), 107; mǣndon mondryhtnes cwealm, lamented the ruler's fall, 3150.—Comp.: bealo-, dēað-, gār-cwealm.

cwealm-bealu, st. n., the evil of murder: acc. sg., 1941.

cwealm-cuma, w. m., one coming for murder, a new-comer who contemplates murder: acc. sg. þone cwealm-cuman (of Grendel), 793.

cwic and cwico, adj., quick, having life, alive: acc. sg. cwicne, 793, 2786; gen. sg. āht cwices, something living, 2315; nom. pl. cwice, 98; cwico wæs þā gēna, was still alive, 3094.

cwide, st. m., word, speech, saying: in comp. gegn-, gilp-, hlēo-, word-cwide.

cwīðan, st. v., to complain, to lament: inf. w. acc. ongan ... gioguðe cwīðan hilde-strengo, began to lament the (departed) battle-strength of his youth, 2113 [ceare] cwīðan, lament their cares, 3173.

cyme, st. m., coming, arrival: nom. pl. hwanan ēowre cyme syndon, whence your coming is, i. e. whence ye are, 257.—Comp. eft-cyme.

cȳmlīce, adv., (convenienter), splendidly, grandly: comp. cȳmlīcor, 38.

cyn, st. n., race, both in the general sense, and denoting noble lineage: nom. sg. Frēsena cyn, 1094; Wedera (gara, MS.) cyn, 461; acc. sg. eotena cyn, 421; gīganta cyn, 1691; dat. sg. Caines cynne, 107; manna cynne, 811, 915, 1726; ēowrum (of those who desert Bēowulf in battle) cynne, 2886; gen. sg. manna (gumena) cynnes, 702, etc.; mǣran cynnes, 1730; lāðan cynnes, 2009, 2355; ūsses cynnes Wǣgmundinga, 2814; gen. pl. cynna gehwylcum, 98.—Comp.: eormen-, feorh-, frum-, gum-, man-, wyrm-cyn.

cyn, st. n., that which is suitable or proper: gen. pl. cynna (of etiquette) gemyndig, 614.

ge-cynde, adj., innate, peculiar, natural: nom. sg., 2198, 2697.

cyne-dōm, st. m., kingdom, royal dignity: acc. sg., 2377.

cyning, st. m., king: nom. acc. sg. cyning, II, 864, 921, etc.; kyning, 620, 3173; dat. sg. cyninge, 3094; gen. sg. cyninges, 868, 1211; gen. pl. kyning[a] wuldor, of God, 666.—Comp. beorn-, eorð-, folc-, guð-, hēah-, lēod-, sǣ-, sōð-, þēod-, worold-, wuldor-cyning.

cyning-beald, adj., "nobly bold" (Thorpe), excellently brave (?): nom. pl. cyning-balde men, 1635.

ge-cyssan, w. v., to kiss: pret. gecyste þā cyning ... þegen betstan, kissed the best thane (Bēowulf), 1871.

cyst (choosing, see cēosan), st. f., the select, the best of a thing, good quality, excellence: nom. sg. īrenna cyst, of the swords, 803, 1698; wǣpna cyst, 1560; symbla cyst, choice banquet, 1233; acc. sg. īrena cyst, 674; dat. pl. foldwegas ... cystum cūðe, known through excellent qualities, 868; (cyning) cystum gecȳðed, 924.—Comp. gum-, hilde-cyst.

cȳð. See on-cȳð.

cȳðan (see cūð), w. v., to make known, to manifest, to show: imp. sg. mægen-ellen cȳð, show thy heroic strength, 660; inf. cwealmbealu cȳðan, 1941; ellen cȳðan, 2696.

ge-cȳðan (to make known, hence): 1) to give information, to announce: inf. andsware gecȳðan, to give answer, 354; gerund, tō gecȳðanne hwanan ēowre cyme syndon (to show whence ye come), 257; pret. part. sōð is gecȳðed þæt ... (the truth has become known, it has shown itself to be true), 701; Higelāce wæs sīð Bēowulfes snūde gecȳðed, the arrival of B. was quickly announced, 1972; similarly, 2325.—2) to make celebrated, in pret. part.: wæs mīn fæder folcum gecȳðed (my father was known to warriors), 262; wæs his mōdsefa manegum gecȳðed, 349; cystum gecȳðed, 924.

cȳð (properly, condition of being known, hence relationship), st. f., home, country, land: in comp. feor-cȳð.

ge-cȳpan, w. v., to purchase: inf. næs him ǣnig þearf þæt hē ... þurfe wyrsan wīgfrecan weorðe gecȳpan, had need to buy with treasures no inferior warrior, 2497.

D

daroð, st. m., spear: dat. pl. dareðum lācan (to fight), 2849.

ge-dāl, st. n., parting, separation: nom. sg. his worulde gedāl, his separation from the world (his death), 3069.—Comp. ealdor-, līf-gedāl.

dæg, st. m., day: nom. sg. dæg, 485, 732, 2647; acc. sg. dæg, 2400; andlangne dæg, the whole day, 2116; morgenlongne dæg (the whole morning), 2895; oð dōmes dæg, till judgment-day, 3070; dat. sg. on þǣm dæge þysses līfes (eo tempore, tunc), 197, 791, 807; gen. sg. dæges, 1601, 2321; hwīl dæges, a day's time, a whole day, 1496; dæges and nihtes, day and night, 2270; dæges, by day, 1936; dat. pl. on tȳn dagum, in ten days, 3161.—Comp. ǣr-, dēað-, ende-, ealdor-, fyrn-, geār-, lǣn-, līf-, swylt-, win-dæg, an-dæges.

dæg-hwīl, st. f., day-time: acc. pl. þæt hē dæghwīla gedrogen hæfde eorðan wynne, that he had enjoyed earth's pleasures during the days (appointed to him), i.e. that his life was finished, 2727.—(After Grein.)

dæg-rīm, st. n., series of days, fixed number of days: nom. sg. dōgera dægrīm (number of the days of his life), 824.

dǣd, st. f., deed, action: acc. sg. dēorlīce dǣd, 585; dōmlēasan dǣd, 2891; frēcne dǣde, 890; dǣd, 941; acc. pl. Grendles dǣda, 195; gen. pl. dǣda, 181, 479, 2455, etc.; dat. pl. dǣdum, 1228, 2437, etc.—Comp. ellen-, fyren-, lof-dǣd.

dǣd-cēne, adj., bold in deed: nom. sg. dǣd-cēne mon, 1646.

dǣd-fruma, w. m., doer of deeds, doer: nom. sg., of Grendel, 2091.

dǣd-bata, w. m., he who pursues with his deeds: nom. sg., of Grendel, 275.

dǣdla, w. m., doer: in comp. mān-for-dǣdla.

dǣl, st. m., part, portion: acc. sg. dǣl, 622, 2246, 3128; acc. pl. dǣlas, 1733.—Often dǣl designates the portion of a thing or of a quality which belongs in general to an individual, as, oð þæt him on innan oferhygda dǣl weaxeð, till in his bosom his portion of arrogance increases: i.e. whatever arrogance he has, his arrogance, 1741. Bīowulfe wearð dryhtmāðma dǣl dēaðe, forgolden, to Bēowulf his part of the splendid treasures was paid with death, i.e. whatever splendid treasures were allotted to him, whatever part of them he could win in the fight with the dragon, 2844; similarly, 1151, 1753, 2029, 2069, 3128.

dǣlan, w. v., to divide, to bestow, to share with, w. acc.: pres. sg. III. mādmas dǣleð, 1757; pres. subj. þæt hē wið āglǣcean eofoðo dǣle, that he bestow his strength upon (strive with) the bringer of misery the drake), 2535; inf. hringas dǣlan, 1971; pret. bēagas dǣlde, 80; sceattas dǣlde, 1687.

be-dǣlan, w. instr., (to divide), to tear away from, to strip of: pret. part. drēamum (drēame) bedǣled, deprived of the heavenly joys (of Grendel), 722, 1276.

ge-dǣlan: 1) to distribute: inf. (w. acc. of the thing distributed); bǣr on innan eall gedǣlan geongum and ealdum swylc him god sealde, distribute therein to young and old all that God had given him, 71.—2) to divide, to separate, with acc.: inf. sundur gedǣlan līf wið līce, separate life from the body, 2423; so pret. subj. þæt hē gedǣlde ... ānra gehwylces līf wið līce, 732.

denn (cf. denu, dene, vallis), st. n., den, cave: acc. sg. þæs wyrmes denn, 2761; gen. sg. (draca) gewāt dennes nīosian, 3046.

ge-defe, adj.: 1) (impersonal) proper, appropriate: nom. sg. swā hit gedēfe wæs (bið), as was appropriate, proper, 561, 1671, 3176.—2) good, kind, friendly; nom sg. bēo þū suna mīnum dǣdum gedēfe, be friendly to my son by deeds (support my son in deed, namely, when he shall have attained to the government), 1228.—Comp. un-ge-dēfelīce.

dēman (see dōm), w. v.: 1) to judge, to award justly: pres. subj. mǣrðo dēme, 688.—2) to judge favorably, to praise, to glorify: pret. pl. his ellenweorc duguðum dēmdon, praised his heroic deed with all their might, 3176.

dēmend, judge: dǣda dēmend (of God), 181.

deal, adj., "superbus, clarus, fretus" (Grimm): nom. pl. þrȳðum dealle, 494.

dēad, adj., dead: nom. sg. 467, 1324, 2373; acc. sg. dēadne, 1310.

dēað, st. m., death, dying: nom. sg, dēað, 441, 447, etc.; acc. sg. dēað, 2169; dat. sg. dēaðe, 1389, 1590, (as instr.) 2844, 3046; gen. sg. dēaðes wylm, 2270; dēaðes nȳd, 2455.—Comp. gūð-, wæl-, wundor-dēað.

dēað-bed, st. n., death-bed: dat. sg. dēað-bedde fæst, 2902.

dēað-cwalu, st. f., violent death, ruin and death: dat. pl. tō dēað-cwalum, 1713.

dēað-cwealm, st. m., violent death, murder: nom. sg. 1671.

dēað-dæg, st. m., death-day, dying day: dat. sg. æfter dēað-dæge (after his death), 187, 886.

dēað-fǣge, adj., given over to death: nom. sg. (Grendel) dēað-fǣge dēog, had hidden himself, being given over to death (mortally wounded), 851.

dēað-scūa, w. m., death-shadow, ghostly being, demon of death: nom. sg. deorc dēað-scūa (of Grendel), 160.

dēað-wērig, adj., weakened by death, i.e. dead: acc. sg. dēað-wērigne, 2126. See wērig.

dēað-wīc, st. n. death's house, home of death: acc. sg. gewāt dēaðwīc sēon (had died), 1276.

dēagan (O.H.G. pret. part. tougan, hidden), to conceal one's self, to hide: pret. (for pluperf.) dēog, 851.—Leo.

deorc, adj., dark: of the night, nom. sg. (nihthelm) deorc, 1791; dat. pl. deorcum nihtum, 275, 2212; of the terrible Grendel, nom. sg. deorc dēað-scūa, 160.

dēofol, st. m. n., devil: gen. sg. dēofles, 2089; gen. pl. dēofla, of Grendel and his troop, 757, 1681.

dēogol, dȳgol, adj., concealed, hidden, inaccessible, beyond information, unknown: nom. sg. dēogol dǣdhata (of Grendel), 275; acc. sg. dȳgel lond, inaccessible land, 1358.

dēop, st. n., deep, abyss: acc. sg., 2550.

dēop, adv. deeply: acc. sg. dēop wæter, 509, 1905.

dīope, adj., deep: hit oð dōmes dæg dīope benemdon þēodnas mǣre, the illustrious rulers had charmed it deeply till the judgment-day, had laid a solemn spell upon it, 3070.

dēor, st. n., animal, wild animal: in comp. mere-, sǣ-dēor.

dēor, adj.: 1) wild, terrible: nom. sg. dīor dǣd-fruma (of Grendel), 2091.—2) bold, brave: nom. nǣnig ... dēor, 1934.—Comp.: heaðu-, hilde-dēor.

dēore, dȳre, adj.: 1) dear, costly (high in price): acc. sg. dȳre īren, 2051; drincfæt dȳre (dēore), 2307, 2255; instr. sg. dēoran sweorde, 561; dat. sg. dēorum māðme, 1529; nom. pl. dȳre swyrd, 3049; acc. pl. dēore (dȳre) māðmas, 2237, 3132.—2) dear, beloved, worthy: nom. sg. f., æðelum dīore, worthy by reason of origin, 1950; dat. sg. æfter dēorum men, 1880; gen. sg. dēorre duguðe, 488; superl. acc. sg. aldorþegn þone dēorestan, 1310.

dēor-līc, adj., bold, brave: acc. sg. dēorlīce dǣd, 585. See dēor.

disc, st. m., disc, plate, flat dish: nom. acc. pl. discas, 2776, 3049.

ge-dīgan. See ge-dȳgan.

dol-gilp, st. m., mad boast, foolish pride, vain-glory, thoughtless audacity: dat. sg. for dolgilpe, 509.

dol-līc, adj., audacious: gen. pl. mǣst ... dǣda dollīcra, 2647.

dol-sceaða, w. m., bold enemy: acc. sg. þone dol-scaðan (Grendel), 479.

dōgor, st. m. n., day; 1) day as a period of 24 hours: gen. sg. ymb āntīd ōðres dōgores, at the same time of the next day, 219; morgen-lēoht ōðres dōgores, the morning-light of the second day, 606.—2) day in the usual sense: acc. sg. n. þȳs dōgor, during this day, 1396; instr. þȳ dōgore, 1798; forman dōgore, 2574; gen. pl. dōgora gehwām, 88; dōgra gehwylce, 1091; dōgera dægrim, the number of his days (the days of his life), 824.—3) day in the wider sense of time: dat. pl. ufaran dōgrum, in later days, times, 2201, 2393.—Comp. ende-dōgor.

dōgor-gerīm, st. n., series of days: gen. sg. wæs eall sceacen dōgor-gerīmes, the whole number of his days (his life) was past, 2729.

dōhtor, st. f., daughter: nom. acc. sg. dōhtor, 375, 1077, 1930, 1982, etc.

dōm, st. m.: I., condition, state in general; in comp. cyne-, wis-dōm.—II., having reference to justice, hence: 1) judgment, judicial opinion: instr. sg. weotena dōme, according to the judgment of the Witan, 1099. 2) custom: æfter dōme, according to custom, 1721. 3) court, tribunal: gen. sg. miclan dōmes, 979; oð dōmes dæg, 3070, both times of the last judgment.—III., condition of freedom or superiority, hence: 4) choice, free will: acc. sg. on sīnne sylfes dōm, according to his own choice, 2148; instr. sg. selfes dōme, 896, 2777. 5) might, power: nom. sg. dōm godes, 2859; acc. sg. Eofores ānne dōm, 2965; dat. sg. drihtnes dōme, 441. 6) glory, honor, renown: nom. sg. [dōm], 955; dōm unlȳtel, not a little glory, 886; þæt wæs forma sīð dēorum māðme þæt his dōm ālæg, it was the first time to the dear treasure (the sword Hrunting) that its fame was not made good, 1529; acc. sg. ic mē dōm gewyrce, make renown for myself, 1492; þæt þū ne ālǣte dōm gedrēosan, that thou let not honor fall, 2667; dat. instr. sg. þǣr hē dōme forlēas, here he lost his reputation, 1471; dōme gewurðad, adorned with glory, 1646; gen. sg. wyrce sē þe mōte dōmes, let him make himself reputation, whoever is able, 1389. 7) splendor (in heaven): acc. sōð-fæstra dōm, the glory of the saints, 2821.

dōm-lēas, adj., without reputation, inglorious: acc. sg. f. dōmlēasan dǣd, 2891.

dōn, red. v., to do, to make, to treat: 1) absolutely: imp. dōð swā ic bidde, do as I beg, 1232.—2) w. acc.: inf. hēt hire selfre sunu on bǣl dōn, 1117; pret. þā hē him of dyde īsernbyrnan, took off the iron corselet, 672; (þonne) him Hūnlāfing, ... billa sēlest, on bearm dyde, when he made a present to him of Hūnlāfing, the best of swords, 1145; dyde him of healse hring gyldenne, took off the gold ring from his neck, 2810; nē him þæs wyrmes wīg for wiht dyde, eafoð and ellen, nor did he reckon as anything the drake's fighting, power, and strength, 2349; pl. hī on beorg dydon bēg and siglu, placed in the (grave-) mound rings and ornaments, 3165.—3) representing preceding verbs: inf. tō Gēatum sprec mildum wordum! swā sceal man dōn, as one should do, 1173; similarly, 1535, 2167; pres. metod eallum wēold, swā hē nū gīt dēð, the creator ruled over all, as he still does, 1059; similarly, 2471, 2860, and (sg. for pl.) 1135; pret. II. swā þū ǣr dydest, 1677; III. swā hē nū gȳt dyde, 957; similarly, 1382, 1892, 2522; pl. swā hīe oft ǣr dydon, 1239; similarly, 3071. With the case also which the preceding verb governs: wēn' ic þæt hē wille ... Gēatena lēode etan unforhte, swā hē oft dyde mægen Hrēðmanna, I believe he will wish to devour the Gēat people, the fearless, as he often did (devoured) the bloom of the Hrēðmen, 444; gif ic þæt gefricge ... þæt þec ymbesittend egesan þȳwað, swā þec hetende hwīlum dydon, that the neighbors distress thee as once the enemy did thee (i.e. distressed), 1829; gif ic ōwihte mæg þīnre mōd-lufan māran tilian þonne ic gȳt dyde, if I can with anything obtain thy greater love than I have yet done, 1825; similarly, pl. þonne þā dydon, 44.

ge-dōn, to do, to make, with the acc. and predicate adj.: prs. (god) gedēð him swā gewealdene worolde dǣlas, makes the parts of the world (i.e. the whole world) so subject that ..., 1733; inf. nē hyne on medo-bence micles wyrðne drihten wereda gedōn wolde, nor would the leader of the people much honor him at the mead-banquet, 2187. With adv.: hē mec þǣr on innan ... gedōn wolde, wished to place me in there, 2091.

draca, w. m., drake, dragon: nom. sg., 893, 2212; acc. sg. dracan, 2403, 3132; gen. sg., 2089, 2291, 2550.—Comp.: eorð-, fȳr-, lēg-, līg-, nīð-draca.

on-drǣdan, st. v., w. acc. of the thing and dat. of the pers., to fear, to be afraid of: inf. þæt þū him on-drǣdan ne þearft ... aldorbealu, needest not fear death for them, 1675; pret. nō hē him þā sæcce ondrēd, was not afraid of the combat, 2348.

ge-dræg (from dragan, in the sense se gerere), st. n., demeanor, actions: acc. sg. sēcan dēofla gedræg, 757.

drepan, st. v., to hit, to strike: pret. sg. sweorde drep ferhð-genīðlan, 2881; pret. part. bið on hreðre ... drepen biteran strǣle, struck in the breast with piercing arrow, 1746; wæs in feorh dropen (fatally hit), 2982.

drepe, st. m., blow, stroke: acc. sg. drepe, 1590.

drēfan, ge-drēfan, w. v., to move, to agitate, to stir up: inf. gewāt ... drēfan dēop wæter (to navigate), 1905; pret. part. wæter under stōd drēorig and gedrēfed, 1418.

drēam, st. m., rejoicing, joyous actions, joy: nom. sg. hæleða drēam, 497; acc. sg. drēam hlūdne, 88; þū ... drēam healdende, thou who livest in rejoicing (at the drinking-carouse), who art joyous, 1228: dat. instr. sg. drēame bedǣled, 1276; gen. pl. drēama lēas, 851; dat. pl. drēamum (here adverbial) lifdon, lived in rejoicing, joyously, 99; drēamum bedǣled, 722; the last may refer also to heavenly joys.—Comp. glēo-, gum-, man-, sele-drēam.

drēam-lēas, adj., without rejoicing, joyless: nom. sg. of King Heremōd, 1721.

drēogan, st. v.: 1) to lead a life, to be in a certain condition: pret. drēah æfter dōme, lived in honor, honorably, 2180; pret. pl. fyren-þearfe ongeat, þæt hīe ǣr drugon aldorlēase lange hwile, (God) had seen the great distress, (had seen) that they had lived long without a ruler (?), 15.—2) to experience, to live through, to do, to make, to enjoy: imp. drēoh symbelwynne, pass through the pleasure of the meal, to enjoy the meal, 1783; inf. driht-scype drēogan (do a heroic deed), 1471; pret. sundnytte drēah (had the occupation of swimming, i.e. swam through the sea), 2361; pret. pl. hīe gewin drugon (fought), 799; hī sīð drugon, made the way, went, 1967.—3) to experience, to bear, to suffer: scealt werhðo drēogan, shall suffer damnation, 590; pret. þegn-sorge drēah, bore sorrow for his heroes, 131; nearoþearfe drēah, 422; pret. pl. inwidsorge þē hīe ǣr drugon, 832; similarly, 1859.

ā-drēogan, to suffer, to endure: inf. wrǣc ādrēogan, 3079.

ge-drēogan, to live through, to enjoy, pret. part. þæt hē ... gedrogen hæfde eorðan wynne, that he had now enjoyed the pleasures of earth (i.e. that he was at his death), 2727.

drēor, st. m., blood dropping or flowing from wounds: instr. sg. drēore, 447.—Comp. heoru-, sāwul-, wæl-drēor.

drēor-fāh, adj., colored with blood, spotted with blood: nom. sg. 485.

drēorig, adj., bloody, bleeding: nom. sg. wæter stōd drēorig, 1418; acc. sg. dryhten sīnne drīorigne fand, 2790.—Comp. heoru-drēorig.

ge-drēosan, st. v., to fall down, to sink: pres. sg. III. līc-homa lǣne gedrēoseð, the body, belonging to death, sinks down, 1755; inf. þæt þū ne ālǣte dōm gedrēosan, honor fall, sink, 2667.

drincan, st. v., to drink (with and without the acc.): pres. part. nom. pl. ealo drincende, 1946; pret. blōd ēdrum dranc, drank the blood in streams(?), 743; pret. pl. druncon wīn weras, the men drank wine, 1234; þǣr guman druncon, where the men drank, 1649. The pret. part., when it stands absolutely, has an active sense: nom. pl. druncne dryhtguman, ye warriors who have drunk, are drinking, 1232; acc. pl. nealles druncne slōg heorð-genēatas, slew not his hearth-companions who had drunk with him, i.e. at the banquet, 2180. With the instr. it means drunken: nom. sg. bēore (wīne) druncen, 531, 1468; nom. pl. bēore druncne, 480.

drīfan, st. v., to drive: pres. pl. þā þe brentingas ofer flōda genipu feorran drīfað, who drive their ships thither from afar over the darkness of the sea, 2809; inf. (w. acc.) þēah þe hē [ne] meahte on mere drīfan hringedstefnan, although he could not drive the ship on the sea, 1131.

to-drīfan, to drive apart, to disperse: pret. oð þæt unc flōd tōdrāf, 545.

drohtoð, st. m., mode of living or acting, calling, employment: nom. sg. ne wæs his drohtoð þǣr swylce hē ǣr gemētte, there was no employment for him (Grendel) there such as he had found formerly, 757.

drūsian, w. v. (cf. drēosan, properly, to be ready to fall; here of water), to stagnate, to be putrid. pret. lagu drūsade (through the blood of Grendel and his mother), 1631.

dryht, driht, st. f., company, troop, band of warriors; noble band: in comp. mago-driht.

ge-dryht, ge-driht, st. f., troop, band of noble warriors: nom. sg. mīnra eorla gedryht, 431; acc. sg. æðelinga gedriht, 118; mid his eorla (hæleða) gedriht (gedryht), 357, 663; similarly, 634, 1673.—Comp. sibbe-gedriht.

dryht-bearn, st. n., youth from a noble warrior band, noble young man: nom. sg. dryhtbearn Dena, 2036.

dryhten, drihten, st. m., commander, lord: a) temporal lord: nom. sg. dryhten, 1485, 2001, etc.; drihten, 1051; dat. dryhtne, 2483, etc.; dryhten, 1832.—b) God: nom. drihten, 108, etc.; dryhten, 687, etc.; dat. sg. dryhtne, 1693, etc.; drihtne, 1399, etc.; gen. sg. dryhtnes, 441; drihtnes, 941.—Comp.: frēa-, frēo-, gum-, man-, sige-, wine-dryhten.

dryht-guma, w. m., one of a troop of warriors, noble warrior: dat. sg. drihtguman, 1389; nom. pl. drihtguman, 99; dryhtguman, 1232; dat. pl. ofer dryhtgumum, 1791 (of Hrōðgār's warriors).

dryht-līc, adj., (that which befits a noble troop of warriors), noble, excellent: dryhtlīc īren, excellent sword, 893; acc. sg. f. (with an acc. sg. n.) drihtlīce wīf (of Hildeburh), 1159.

dryht-māðum, st. m., excellent jewel, splendid treasure: gen. pl. dryhtmāðma, 2844.

dryht-scipe, st. m., (lord-ship) warlike virtue, bravery; heroic deed: acc. sg. drihtscype drēogan, to do a heroic deed, 1471.

dryht-sele, st. m., excellent, splendid hall: nom. sg. driht-sele, 485; dryhtsele, 768; acc. sg. dryhtsele, 2321.

dryht-sib, st. f., peace or friendship between troops of noble warriors: gen. sg. dryhtsibbe, 2069.

drync, st. m., drink: in comp. heoru-drync.

drync-fæt, st. n., vessel for drink, to receive the drink: acc. sg., 2255; drinc-fæt, 2307.

drysmian, w. v., to become obscure, gloomy (through the falling rain): pres. sg. III. lyft drysmað, 1376.

drysne, adj. See on-drysne.

dugan, v., to avail, to be capable, to be good: pres. sg. III. hūru se aldor dēah, especially is the prince capable, 369; ðonne his ellen dēah, if his strength avails, is good, 573; þē him selfa dēah, who is capable of himself, who can rely on himself, 1840; pres. subj. þēah þīn wit duge, though, indeed, your understanding be good, avail, 590; similarly, 1661, 2032; pret. sg. þū ūs wēl dohtest, you did us good, conducted yourself well towards us, 1822; similarly, nū sēo hand ligeð sē þe ēow welhwylcra wilna dohte, which was helpful to each one of your desires, 1345; pret. subj. þēah þū heaðorǣsa gehwǣr dohte, though thou wast everywhere strong in battle, 526.

duguð (state of being fit, capable), st. f.: 1) capability, strength: dat. pl. for dugeðum, in ability(?), 2502; duguðum dēmdon, praised with all their might(?), 3176.—2) men capable of bearing arms, band of warriors, esp., noble warriors: nom. sg. duguð unlȳtel, 498; duguð, 1791, 2255; dat. sg. for duguðe, before the heroes, 2021; nalles frætwe geaf ealdor duguðe, gave the band of heroes no treasure (more), 2921; lēoda duguðe on lāst, upon the track of the heroes of the people, i.e. after them, 2946; gen. sg. cūðe hē duguðe þēaw, the custom of the noble warriors, 359; dēorre duguðe, 488; similarly, 2239, 2659; acc. pl. duguða, 2036.—3) contrasted with geogoð, duguð designates the noted warriors of noble birth (as in the Middle Ages, knights in contrast with squires): so gen. sg. duguðe and geogoðe, 160; gehwylc ... duguðe and iogoðe, 1675; duguðe and geogoðe dǣl ǣghwylcne, 622.

durran, v. pret. and pres. to dare; prs. sg. II. þū dearst bīdan, darest to await, 527; III. hē gesēcean dear, 685; pres. subj. sēc gyf þū dyrre, seek (Grendel's mother), if thou dare, 1380; pret. dorste, 1463, 1469, etc.; pl. dorston, 2849.

duru, st. f., door, gate, wicket: nom. sg., 722; acc. sg. [duru], 389.

ge-dūfan, st. v., to dip in, to sink into: pret. þæt sweord gedēaf (the sword sank into the drake, of a blow), 2701.

þurh-dūfan, to dive through; to swim through, diving: pret. wæter up þurh-dēaf, swam through the water upwards (because he was before at the bottom), 1620.

dwellan, w. v., to mislead, to hinder: prs. III. nō hine wiht dweleð, ādl nē yldo, him nothing misleads, neither sickness nor age, 1736.

dyhtig, adj., useful, good for: nom. sg. n. sweord ... ecgum dyhtig, 1288.

dynnan, w. v., to sound, to groan, to roar: pret. dryhtsele (healwudu, hrūse) dynede, 768, 1318, 2559.

dyrne, adj.: 1) concealed, secret, retired: nom. sg. dyrne, 271; acc. sg. dryhtsele dyrnne (of the drake's cave-hall), 2321.—2) secret, malicious, hidden by sorcery: dat. instr. sg. dyrnan cræfte, with secret magic art, 2291; dyrnum cræfte, 2169; gen. pl. dyrnra gāsta, of malicious spirits (of Grendel's kin), 1358.—Comp. un-dyrne.

dyrne, adv., in secret, secretly: him ...æfter dēorum men dyrne langað, longs in secret for the dear man, 1880.

dyrstig, adj., bold, daring: þēah þe hē dǣda gehwæs dyrstig wǣre, although he had been courageous for every deed, 2839.

ge-dȳgan, ge-dīgan, w. v., to endure, to overcome, with the acc. of the thing endured: pres. sg. II. gif þū þæt ellenweorc aldre gedīgest, if thou survivest the heroic work with thy life, 662; III. þæt þone hilderǣs hāl gedīgeð, that he survives the battle in safety, 300; similarly, inf. unfǣge gedīgan wēan and wræcsīð, 2293; hwæðer sēl mǣge wunde gedȳgan, which of the two can stand the wounds better (come off with life), 2532; ne meahte unbyrnende dēop gedȳgan, could not endure the deep without burning (could not hold out in the deep), 2550; pret. sg. I. III. ge-dīgde, 578, 1656, 2351, 2544.

dȳgol. See dēogol.

dȳre. See dēore.

E

ecg, st. f., edge of the sword, point: nom. sg. sweordes ecg, 1107; ecg, 1525, etc.; acc. sg. wið ord and wið ecge ingang forstōd, defended the entrance against point and edge (i.e. against spear and sword), 1550; mēces ecge, 1813; nom. pl. ecge, 1146.—Sword, battle-axe, any cutting weapon: nom. sg. ne wæs ecg bona (not the sword killed him), 2507; sīo ecg brūn (Bēowulf's sword Nægling), 2578; hyne ecg fornam, the sword snatched him away, 2773, etc.; nom. pl. ecga, 2829; dat. pl. æscum and ecgum, 1773; dat. pl. (but denoting only one sword) ēacnum ecgum, 2141; gen. pl. ecga, 483, 806, 1169;—blade: ecg wæs īren, 1460.—Comp.: brūn-, heard-, stȳl-ecg, adj.

ecg-bana, w. m., murderer by the sword: dat. sg. Cain wearð tō ecg-banan āngan brēðer, 1263.

ecg-hete, st. m., sword-hate, enmity which the sword carries out: nom. sg., 84, 1739.

ecg-þracu, st. f., sword-storm (of violent combat): acc. atole ecg-þræce, 597.

ed-hwyrft, st. m., return (of a former condition): þā þǣr sōna wearð edhwyrft eorlum, siððan inne fealh Grendles mōdor (i.e. after Grendel's mother had penetrated into the hall, the former perilous condition, of the time of the visits of Grendel, returned to the men), 1282.

ed-wendan, w. v., to turn back, to yield, to leave off: inf. gyf him edwendan ǣfre scolde bealuwa bisigu, if for him the affliction of evil should ever cease, 280.

ed-wenden, st. f., turning, change: nom. sg. edwenden, 1775; ed-wenden torna gehwylces (reparation for former neglect), 2189.

edwīt-līf, st. n., life in disgrace: nom. sg., 2892.

efn, adj., even, like, with preceding on, and with depend. dat., upon the same level, near: him on efn ligeð ealdorgewinna, lies near him, 2904.

efnan (see æfnan) w. v., to carry out, to perform, to accomplish: pres. subj. eorlscype efne (accomplish knightly deeds), 2536; inf. eorlscipe efnan, 2623; sweorda gelāc efnan (to battle), 1042; gerund. tō efnanne, 1942; pret. eorlscipe efnde, 2134, 3008.

efne, adv., even, exactly, precisely, just, united with swā or swylc: efne swā swīðe swā, just so much as, 1093; efne swā sīde swā, 1224; wæs se gryre lǣssa efne swā micle swā, by so much the less as ..., 1284; lēoht inne stōd efne swā ... scīneð, a gleam stood therein (in the sword) just as when ... shines, 1572; efne swā hwylc mægða swā þone magan cende (a woman who has borne such a son), 944; efne swā hwylcum manna swā him gemet þūhte, to just such a man as seemed good to him, 3058; efne swylce mǣla swylce ... þearf gesǣlde, just at the times at which necessity commanded it, 1250.

efstan, w. v., to be in haste, to hasten: inf. uton nū efstan, let us hurry now, 3102; pret. efste mid elne, hastened with heroic strength, 1494.

eft, adv.: l) thereupon, afterwards: 56, 1147, 2112, 3047, etc.; eft sōna bið, then it happens immediately, 1763; bōt eft cuman, help come again, 281.—2) again, on the other side: þæt hine on ylde eft gewunigen wilgesīðas, that in old age again (also on their side) willing companions should be attached to him, 22;—anew, again: 135, 604, 693, 1557, etc.; eft swā ǣr, again as formerly, 643.—3) retro, rursus, back: 123, 296, 854, etc.; þæt hig æðelinges eft ne wēndon (did not believe that he would come back), 1597.

eft-cyme, st. m., return: gen. sg. eftcymes, 2897.

eft-sīð, st. m., journey back, return: acc. sg. 1892; gen. sg. eft-sīðes georn, 2784; acc. pl. eftsīðas tēah, went the road back, i.e. returned, 1333.

egesa, egsa (state of terror, active or passive): l) frightfulness: acc. sg. þurh egsan, 276; gen. egesan ne gȳmeð, cares for nothing terrible, is not troubled about future terrors(?), 1758.—2) terror, horror, fear: nom. sg. egesa, 785; instr. sg. egesan, 1828, 2737.—Comp.: glēd-, līg-, wæter-egesa.

eges-full, adj., horrible (full of fear, fearful), 2930.

eges-līc, adj., terrible, bringing terror: of Grendel's head, 1650; of the beginning of the fight with the drake, 2310; of the drake, 2826.

egle, adj., causing aversion, hideous: nom. pl. neut., or, more probably, perhaps, adverbial, egle (MS. egl), 988.

egsian (denominative from egesa), w. v., to have terror, distress: pret. (as pluperf.) egsode eorl(?), 6.

ehtian, w. v., to esteem, to make prominent with praise: III. pl. pres. þæt þē ... weras ehtigað, that thee men shall esteem, praise, 1223.

elde (those who generate, cf. O.N. al-a, generare), st. m. only in the pl., men: dat. pl. eldum, 2215; mid eldum, among men, 2612.—See ylde.

eldo, st. f., age: instr. sg. eldo gebunden, 2112.

el-land, st. n., foreign land, exile: acc. sg. sceall ... elland tredan, (shall be banished), 3020.

ellen, st. n., strength, heroic strength, bravery: nom. sg. ellen, 573; eafoð and ellen, 903; Gēata ... eafoð and ellen, 603; acc. sg. eafoð and ellen, 2350; ellen cȳðan, show bravery, 2696; ellen fremedon, exercised heroic strength, did heroic deeds, 3; similarly, ic gefremman sceal eorlīc ellen, 638; ferh ellen wræc, life drove out the strength, i.e. with the departing life (of the dragon) his strength left him, 2707; dat. sg. on elne, 2507, 2817; as instr. þā wæs æt þām geongum grim andswaru ēðbegēte þām þe ǣr his elne forlēas, then it was easy for (every one of) those who before had lost his hero-courage, to obtain rough words from the young man (Wīglāf), 2862; mid elne, 1494, 2536; elne, alone, in adverbial sense, strongly, zealously, and with the nearly related meaning, hurriedly, transiently, 894, 1098, 1968, 2677, 2918; gen. sg. elnes læt, 1530; þā him wæs elnes þearf, 2877.—Comp. mægen-ellen.

ellen-dǣd, st. f., heroic deed: dat. pl. -dǣdum, 877, 901.

ellen-gǣst, st. m., strength-spirit, demon with heroic strength: nom. sg. of Grendel, 86.

ellen-līce, adv., strongly, with heroic strength, 2123.

ellen-mǣrðu, st. f., renown of heroic strength, dat. pl. -mǣrðum, 829, 1472.

ellen-rōf, adj., renowned for strength: nom. sg. 340, 358, 3064; dat. pl. -rōfum, 1788.

ellen-sēoc, adj., infirm in strength: acc. sg. þēoden ellensīocne (the mortally wounded king, Bēowulf), 2788.

ellen-weorc, st. n., (strength-work), heroic deed, achievement in battle: acc. sg. 662, 959, 1465, etc.; gen. pl. ellen-weorca, 2400.

elles, adv., else, otherwise: a (modal), in another manner, 2521.—b (local), elles hwǣr, somewhere else, 138; elles hwergen, 2591.

ellor, adv., to some other place, 55, 2255.

ellor-gāst, -gǣst, st. m., spirit living elsewhere (standing outside of the community of mankind): nom. sg. se ellorgāst (Grendel), 808; (Grendel's mother), 1622; ellorgǣst (Grendel's mother), 1618; acc. pl. ellorgǣstas, 1350.

ellor-sīð, st. m., departure, death: nom. sg. 2452.

elra, adj. (comparative of a not existing form, ele, Goth. aljis, alius), another: dat. sg. on elran men, 753.

el-þēodig, adj., of another people: foreign: acc. pl. el-þēodige men, 336.

ende, st. m., the extreme: hence, 1) end: nom. sg. aldres (līfes) ende, 823, 2845; oð þæt ende becwōm (scil. unrihtes), 1255; acc. sg. ende līfgesceafta (līfes, lǣn-daga), 3064, 1387, 2343; hæfde eorðscrafa ende genyttod, had used the end of the earth-caves (had made use of the caves for the last time), 3047; dat. sg. ealdres (līfes) æt ende, 2791, 2824; eoletes æt ende, 224.—2) boundary: acc. sg. sīde rīce þæt hē his selfa ne mæg ... ende geþencean, the wide realm, so that he himself cannot comprehend its boundaries, 1735.—3) summit, head: dat. sg. eorlum on ende, to the nobles at the end (the highest courtiers), 2022.—Comp. woruld-ende.

ende-dæg, st. m., last day, day of death: nom. sg. 3036; acc. sg. 638.

ende-dōgor, st. m., last day, day of death: gen. sg. bēga on wēnum endedōgores and eftcymes lēotes monnes (hesitating between the belief in the death and in the return of the dear man), 2897.

ende-lāf, st. f., last remnant: nom. sg. þū eart ende-lāf ūsses cynnes, art the last of our race, 2814.

ende-lēan, st. n., final reparation: acc. sg. 1693.

ende-sǣta, w. m., he who sits on the border, boundary-guard: nom. sg. (here of the strand-watchman), 241.

ende-stæf, st. m. (elementum finis), end: acc. sg. hit on endestæf eft gelimpeð, then it draws near to the end, 1754.

ge-endian, w. v., to end: pret. part. ge-endod, 2312.

enge, adj., narrow: acc. pl. enge ānpaðas, narrow paths, 1411.

ent, st. m., giant: gen. pl. enta ǣr-geweorc (the sword-hilt out of the dwelling-place of Grendel), 1680; enta geweorc (the dragon's cave), 2718; eald-enta ǣr-geweorc (the costly things in the dragon's cave), 2775.

entisc, adj., coming from giants: acc. sg. entiscne helm, 2980.

etan, st. v., to eat, to consume: pres. sg. III. blōdig wæl ... eteð ān-genga, he that goes alone (Grendel) will devour the bloody corpse, 448; inf. Gēatena lēode ... etan, 444.

þurh-etan, to eat through: pret. part. pl. nom. swyrd ... þurhetone, swords eaten through (by rust), 3050.

Ē

ēc. See ēac.

ēce, adj., everlasting; nom. ēce drihten (God), 108; acc. sg. ēce eorðreced, the everlasting earth-hall (the dragon's cave), 2720; gecēas ēcne rǣd, chose the everlasting gain (died), 1202; dat. sg. ēcean dryhtne, 1693, 1780, 2331; acc. pl. gecēos ēce rǣdas, 1761.

ēdre. See ǣdre.

ēð-begēte, adj., easy to obtain, ready: nom. sg. þā wæs æt þām geongum grim andswaru ēð-begēte, then from the young man (Wīglāf) it was an easy thing to get a gruff answer, 2862.

ēðe. See ēaðe.

ēðel, st. m., hereditary possessions, hereditary estate: acc. sg. swǣsne ēðel, 520; dat. sg. on ēðle, 1731.—In royal families the hereditary possession is the whole realm: hence, acc. sg. ēðel Scyldinga, of the kingdom of the Scyldings, 914; (Offa) wīsdōme hēold ēðel sīnne, ruled with wisdom his inherited kingdom, 1961.

ēðel-riht, st. n., hereditary privileges (rights that belong to a hereditary estate): nom. sg. eard ēðel-riht, estate and inherited privileges, 2199.

ēðel-stōl, st. m., hereditary seat, inherited throne: acc. pl. ēðel-stōlas, 2372.

ēðel-turf, st. f., inherited ground, hereditary estate: dat. sg. on mīnre ēðeltyrf, 410.

ēðel-weard, st. m., lord of the hereditary estate (realm): nom. sg. ēðelweard (king), 1703, 2211; dat. sg. Ēast-Dena ēðel wearde (King Hrōðgār), 617.

ēðel-wyn, st. f., joy in, or enjoyment of, hereditary possessions: nom. sg. nū sceal ... eall ēðelwyn ēowrum cynne, lufen ālicgean, now shall your race want all home-joy, and subsistence(?) (your race shall be banished from its hereditary abode), 2886; acc. sg. hē mē lond forgeaf, eard ēðelwyn, presented me with land, abode, and the enjoyment of home, 2494.

ēð-gesȳne, ȳð-gesēne, adj., easy to see, visible to all: nom. sg. 1111, 1245.

ēg-clif, st. n., sea-cliff: acc. sg. ofer ēg-clif (ecg-clif, MS.), 2894.

ēg-strēam, st. m., sea-stream, sea-flood: dat. pl. on ēg-strēamum, in the sea-floods, 577. See ēagor-strēam.

ēhtan (M.H.G. ǣchten; cf. ǣht and ge-æhtla), w. v. w. gen., to be a pursuer, to pursue: pres. part. ǣglǣca ēhtende wæs duguðe and geogoðe, 159; pret. pl. ēhton āglǣcan, they pursued the bringer of sorrow (Bēowulf)(?), 1513.

ēst, st. m. f., favor, grace, kindness: acc. sg. hē him ēst getēah mēara and māðma (honored him with horses and jewels), 2166; gearwor hæfde āgendes ēst ǣr gescēawod, would rather have seen the grace of the Lord (of God) sooner, 3076.—dat. pl., adverbial, libenter: him on folce hēold, ēstum mid āre, 2379; ēstum geȳwan (to present), 2150; him wæs ... wunden gold ēstum geēawed (presented), 1195; wē þæt ellenweorc ēstum miclum fremedon, 959.

ēste, adj., gracious: w. gen. ēste bearn-gebyrdo, gracious through the birth (of such a son as Bēowulf), 946.

EA

eafoð, st. n., power, strength: nom, sg. eafoð and ellen, 603, 903; acc. sg. eafoð and ellen, 2350; wē frēcne genēðdon eafoð uncūðes, we have boldly ventured against the strength of the enemy (Grendel) have withstood him, 961; gen. sg. eafoðes cræftig, 1467; þæt þec ādl oððe ecg eafoðes getwǣfed, shall rob of strength, 1764; dat. pl. hine mihtig god ... eafeðum stēpte, made him great through strength, 1718.

eafor, st. m., boar; here the image of the boar as banner: acc. sg. eafor, 2153.

eafora (offspring), w. m.: 1) son: nom. sg. eafera, 12, 898; eafora, 375; acc. sg. eaferan, 1548, 1848; gen. sg. eafera, 19; nom. pl. eaferan, 2476; dat. pl. eaferum, 1069, 2471; uncran eaferan, 1186.—2) in broader sense, successor: dat. pl. eaforum, 1711.

eahta, num., eight: acc. pl. eahta mēaras, 1036; ēode eahta sum, went as one of eight, with seven others, 3124.

eahtian, w. v.: 1) to consider; to deliberate: pret. pl. w. acc. rǣd eahtedon, consulted about help, 172; pret. sg. (for the plural) þone sēlestan þāra þe mid Hrōðgāre hām eahtode, the best one of those who with Hrōðgār deliberated about their home (ruled), 1408.—2) to speak with reflection of (along with the idea of praise): pret. pl. eahtodan eorlscipe, spoke of his noble character, 3175.

eal, eall, adj., all, whole: nom. sg. werod eall, 652; pl. eal bencþelu, 486; sg. eall ēðelwyn, 2886; eal worold, 1739, etc.; þæt hit wearð eal gearo, healærna mǣst, 77; þæt hit (wīgbil) eal gemealt, 1609. And with a following genitive: þǣr wæs eal geador Grendles grāpe, there was all together Grendel's hand, the whole hand of Grendel, 836; eall ... lissa, all favor, 2150; wæs eall sceacen dōgorgerīmes, 2728. With apposition: þūhte him eall tō rūm, wongas and wīcstede, 2462; acc. sg. bēot eal, 523; similarly, 2018, 2081; oncȳððe ealle, all distress, 831; heals ealne, 2692; hlǣw ... ealne ūtan-weardne, 2298; gif hē þæt eal gemon, 1186, 2428; þæt eall geondseh, recedes geatwa, 3089; ealne wīde-ferhð, through the whole wide life, through all time, 1223; instr. sg. ealle mægene, with all strength, 2668; dat. sg. eallum ... manna cynne, 914; gen. sg. ealles moncynnes, 1956. Subst. ic þæs ealles mæg ... gefēan habban, 2740; brūc ealles well, 2163; frēan ealles þanc secge, give thanks to the Lord of all, 2795; nom. pl. untȳdras ealle, 111; scēotend ... ealle, 706; wē ealle, 942; acc. pl. fēond ealle, 700; similarly, 1081, 1797, 2815; subst. ofer ealle, 650; ealle hīe dēað fornam, 2237; līg ealle forswealg þāra þe þǣr gūð fornam, all of those whom the war had snatched away, 1123; dat. pl. eallum ceaster-būendum, 768; similarly, 824, 907, 1418; subst. āna wið eallum, one against all, 145; with gen. eallum gumena cynnes, 1058; gen. pl. æðelinga bearn ealra twelfa, the kinsmen of all twelve nobles (twelve nobles hold the highest positions of the court), 3172; subst. hē āh ealra geweald, has power over all, 1728.

Uninflected: bil eal þurhwōd flǣschoman, the battle-axe cleft the body through and through, 1568; hæfde ... eal gefeormod fēt and folma, had devoured entirely feet and hands, 745; sē þe eall geman gār-cwealm gumena, who remembers thoroughly the death of the men by the spear, 2043, etc.

Adverbial: þēah ic eal mǣge, although I am entirely able, 681; hī on beorg dydon bēg and siglu eall swylce hyrsta, they placed in the grave-mound rings, and ornaments, all such adornments, 3165.—The gen. sg. ealles, adverbial in the sense of entirely, 1001, 1130.

eald, adj., old: a) of the age of living beings: nom. sg. eald, 357, 1703, 2211, etc.; dat. sg. ealdum, 2973; gen. sg. ealdes ūhtflogan (dragon), 2761; dat. sg. ealdum, 1875; geongum and ealdum, 72.—b) of things and of institutions: nom. sg. helm monig eald and ōmig, 2764; acc. sg. ealde lāfe (sword), 796, 1489; ealde wīsan, 1866; eald sweord, 1559, 1664, etc.; eald gewin, old (lasting years), distress, 1782; eald enta geweorc (the precious things in the drake's cave), 2775; acc. pl. ealde māðmas, 472; ofer ealde riht, against the old laws (namely, the Ten Commandments; Bēowulf believes that God has sent him the drake as a punishment, because he has unconsciously, at some time, violated one of the commandments), 2331.

yldra, compar. older: mīn yldra mǣg, 468; yldra brōðor, 1325; oð þæt hē (Heardrēd) yldra wearð, 2379.

yldesta, superl. oldest, in the usual sense; dat. sg. þām yldestan, 2436; in a moral sense, the most respected: nom. sg. se yldesta, 258; acc. sg. þone yldestan, 363, both times of Bēowulf.

eald-fæder, st. m., old-father, grandfather, ancestor: nom. sg. 373.

eald-gesegen, st. f., traditions from old times: gen. pl. eal-fela eald-gesegena, very many of the old traditions, 870.

eald-gesīð, st. m., companion ever since old times, courtier for many years: nom. pl. eald-gesīðas, 854.

eald-gestrēon, st. n., treasure out of the old times: dat. pl. eald-gestrēonum, 1382; gen. pl. -gestrēona, 1459.

eald-gewinna, w. m., old-enemy, enemy for many years: nom. sg. of Grendel, 1777.

eald-gewyrht, st. n., merit on account of services rendered during many years: nom. pl. þæt nǣron eald-gewyrht, þæt hē āna scyle gnorn þrowian, that has not been his desert ever since long ago, that he should bear the distress alone, 2658.

eald-hlāford, st. m., lord through many years: gen. sg. bill eald-hlāfordes (of the old Bēowulf(?)), 2779.

eald-metod, st. m., God ruling ever since ancient times: nom. sg. 946.

ealdor, aldor, st. m., lord, chief (king or powerful noble): nom. sg. ealdor, 1645, 1849, 2921; aldor, 56, 369, 392; acc. sg. aldor, 669; dat. sg. ealdre, 593; aldre, 346.

ealdor, aldor, st. n., life: acc. sg. aldor, 1372; dat. sg. aldre, 1448, 1525; ealdre, 2600; him on aldre stōd herestrǣl hearda (in vitalibus), 1435; nalles for ealdre mearn, was not troubled about his life, 1443; of ealdre gewāt, went out of life, died, 2625; as instr. aldre, 662, 681, etc.; ealdre, 1656, 2134, etc.; gen. sg. aldres, 823; ealdres, 2791, 2444; aldres orwēna, despairing of life, 1003, 1566; ealdres scyldig, having forfeited life, 1339, 2062; dat. pl. aldrum nēðdon, 510, 538.—Phrases: on aldre (in life), ever, 1780; tō aldre (for life), always, 2006, 2499; āwa tō aldre, for ever and ever, 956.

ealdor-bealu, st. n., life's evil: acc. sg. þū ... ondrǣdan ne þearft ... aldorbealu eorlum, thou needest not fear death for the courtiers, 1677.

ealdor-cearu, st. f., trouble that endangers life, great trouble: dat. sg. hē his lēodum wearð ... tō aldor-ceare, 907.

ealdor-dagas, st. m. pl., days of one's life: dat. pl. nǣfre on aldor-dagum (never in his life), 719; on ealder-dagum ǣr (in former days), 758.

ealdor-gedāl, st. n., severing of life, death, end: nom. sg. aldor-gedāl, 806.

ealdor-gewinna, w. m., life-enemy, one who strives to take his enemy's life (in N.H.G. the contrary conception, Tod-feind): nom. sg. ealdorgewinna (the dragon), 2904.

ealdor-lēas, adj., without a ruler(?): nom. pl. aldor-lēase, 15.

ealdor-lēas, adj., lifeless, dead: acc. sg. aldor-lēasne, 1588; ealdor-lēasne, 3004.

ealdor-þegn, st. m., nobleman at the court, distinguished courtier: acc. sg. aldor-þegn (Hrōðgār's confidential adviser, Æschere), 1309.

eal-fela, adj., very much: with following gen., eal-fela eald-gesegena, very many old traditions, 870; eal-fela eotena cynnes, 884.

ealgian, w. v., to shield, to defend, to protect: inf. w. acc. feorh ealgian, 797, 2656, 2669; pret. siððan hē (Hygelāc) under segne sinc eal-gode, wælrēaf werede, while under his banner he protected the treasures, defended the spoil of battle (i.e. while he was upon the Viking expeditions), 1205.

eal-gylden, adj., all golden, entirely of gold: nom. sg. swȳn ealgylden, 1112; acc. sg. segn eallgylden, 2768.

eal-īrenne, adj., entirely of iron: acc. sg. eall-īrenne wīgbord, a wholly iron battle-shield, 2339.

ealu, st. n., ale, beer: acc. sg. ealo drincende, 1946.

ealu-benc, st. f., ale-bench, bench for those drinking ale: dat. sg. in ealo-bence, 1030; on ealu-bence, 2868.

ealu-scerwen, st. f., terror, under the figure of a mishap at an ale-drinking, probably the sudden taking away of the ale: nom. sg. Denum eallum wearð ... ealuscerwen, 770.

ealu-wǣge, st. n., ale-can, portable vessel out of which ale is poured into the cups: acc. sg. 2022; hroden ealowǣge, 495; dat. sg. ofer ealowǣge (at the ale-carouse), 481.

eal-wealda, w. adj., all ruling (God): nom. sg. fæder alwalda, 316; alwalda, 956, 1315; dat. sg. al-wealdan, 929.

eard, st. m., cultivated ground, estate, hereditary estate; in a broader sense, ground in general, abode, place of sojourn: nom. sg. him wæs bām ... lond gecynde, eard ēðel-riht, the land was bequeathed to them both, the land and the privileges attached to it. 2199; acc. sg. fīfel-cynnes eard, the ground of the giant race, place of sojourn, 104; similarly, ælwihta eard, 1501; eard gemunde, thought of his native ground, his home, 1130; eard gīt ne const, thou knowest not yet the place of sojourn. 1378; eard and eorlscipe, prǣdium et nobilitatem, 1728; eard ēðelwyn, land and the enjoyment of home, 2494; dat. sg. ellor hwearf of earde, went elsewhere from his place of abode, i.e. died, 56; þæt wē rondas beren eft tō earde, that we go again to our homes, 2655; on earde, 2737; nom. pl. ēacne eardas, the broad expanses (in the fen-sea where Grendel's home was), 1622.

eardian, w. v.: 1) to have a dwelling-place, to live; to rest: pret. pl. dȳre swyrd swā hīe wið eorðan fæðm þǣr eardodon, costly swords, as they had rested in the earth's bosom, 3051.—2) also transitively, to inhabit: pret. sg. Heorot eardode, 166; inf. wīc eardian elles hwergen, inhabit a place elsewhere (i.e. die), 2590.

eard-lufa, w. m., the living upon one's land, home-life: acc. sg. eard-lufan, 693.

earfoð, st. n., trouble, difficulty, struggle: acc. pl. earfeðo, 534.

earfoð-līce, adv., with trouble, with difficulty, 1637, 1658; with vexation, angrily, 86; sorrowfully, 2823; with difficulty, scarcely, 2304, 2935.

earfoð-þrāg, st. f., time full of troubles, sorrowful time: acc. sg. -þrāge, 283.

earh, adj., cowardly: gen. sg. ne bið swylc earges sīð (no coward undertaken that), 2542.

earm, st. m., arm: acc. sg. earm, 836, 973; wið earm gesæt, supported himself with his arm, 750; dat. pl. earmum, 513.

earm, adj., poor, miserable, unhappy: nom. sg. earm, 2369; earme ides, the unhappy woman, 1118; dat. sg. earmre teohhe, the unhappy band, 2939.—Comp. acc. sg. earmran mannan, a more wretched, more forsaken man, 577.

earm-bēag, st. m., arm-ring, bracelet: gen. pl. earm-bēaga fela searwum gesǣled, many arm-rings interlaced, 2764.

earm-hrēad, st. f., arm-ornament. nom. pl. earm-hrēade twā, 1195 (Grein's conjecture, MS. earm reade).

earm-līc, adj., wretched, miserable: nom. sg. sceolde his ealdor-gedāl earmlīc wurðan, his end should be wretched, 808.

earm-sceapen, pret. part. as adj. (properly, wretched by the decree of fate), wretched: nom. sg. 1352.

earn, st. m., eagle: dat. sg. earne, 3027.

eatol. See atol.

eaxl, st. f., shoulder: acc. sg. eaxle, 836, 973; dat. sg. on eaxle, 817, 1548; be eaxle, 1538; on eaxle ides gnornode, the woman sobbed on the shoulder (of her son, who has fallen and is being burnt), 1118; dat. pl. sæt frēan eaxlum nēah, sat near the shoulders of his lord (Bēowulf lies lifeless upon the earth, and Wīglāf sits by his side, near his shoulder, so as to sprinkle the face of his dead lord), 2854; hē for eaxlum gestōd Deniga frēan, he stood before the shoulders of the lord of the Danes (i.e. not directly before him, but somewhat to the side, as etiquette demanded), 358.

eaxl-gestealla, w. m., he who has his position at the shoulder (sc. of his lord), trusty courtier, counsellor of a prince: nom. sg. 1327; acc. pl. -gesteallan, 1715.

ĒA

ēac, conj., also: 97, 388, 433, etc.; ēc, 3132.

ēacen (pret. part. of a not existing eacan, augere), adj., wide-spread, large: nom. pl. ēacne eardas, broad plains, 1622.—great, heavy: eald sweord ēacen, 1664; dat. pl. ēacnum ecgum, 2141, both times of the great sword in Grendel's habitation.—great, mighty, powerful: æðele and ēacen, of Bēowulf, 198.

ēacen-cræftig, adj., immense (of riches), enormously great: acc. sg. hord-ærna sum ēacen-cræftig, that enormous treasure-house, 2281; nom. sg. þæt yrfe ēacen-cræftig, iūmonna gold, 3052.

ēadig, adj., blessed with possessions, rich, happy by reason of property: nom. sg. wes, þenden þū lifige, æðeling ēadig, be, as long as thou livest, a prince blessed with riches, 1226; ēadig mon, 2471.—Comp. sige-, sigor-, tīr-ēadig.

ēadig-līce, adv., in abundance, in joyous plenty: drēamum lifdon ēadiglīce, lived in rejoicing and plenty, 100.

ēaðe, ēðe, ȳðe, adj., easy, pleasant: nom. pl. gode þancedon þæs þe him ȳð-lāde ēaðe wurdon, thanked God that the sea-ways (the navigation) had become easy to them, 228; ne wæs þæt ēðe sīð, no pleasant way, 2587; næs þæt ȳðe cēap, no easy purchase, 2416; nō þæt ȳðe byð tō beflēonne, not easy (as milder expression for in no way, not at all), 1003.

ēaðe, ȳðe, adv., easily. ēaðe, 478, 2292, 2765.

ēað-fynde, adj., easy to find: nom. sg. 138.

ēage, w. n., eye: dat. pl. him of ēagum stōd lēoht unfǣger, out of his eyes came a terrible gleam, 727; þæt ic ... ēagum starige, see with eyes, behold, 1782; similarly, 1936; gen. pl. ēagena bearhtm, 1767.

ēagor-strēam, st. m., sea-stream sea: acc. sg. 513.

ēa-land, st. n., land surrounded by water (of the land of the Gēatas): acc. sg. ēa-lond, 2335; island.

ēam, st. m., uncle, mothers brother: nom. sg. 882.

ēastan, adv., from the east, 569.

ēawan, w. v., to disclose, to show, to prove: pres. sg. III. ēaweð ... uncūðne nīð, shows evil enmity, 276. See ēowan, ȳwan.

ge-ēawan, to show, to offer: pret. part. him wæs ... wunden gold ēstum ge-ēawed, was graciously presented, 1195.

EO

ēode. See gangan.

eodor, st. m., fence, hedge, railing. Among the old Germans, an estate was separated by a fence from the property of others. Inside of this fence the laws of peace and protection held good, as well as in the house itself. Hence eodor is sometimes used instead of house: acc. pl. heht eahta mēaras on flet tēon, in under eoderas, gave orders to lead eight steeds into the hall, into the house, 1038.—2) figuratively, lord, prince, as protector: nom. sg. eodor, 428, 1045; eodur, 664.

eofoð, st. n., strength: acc. pl. eofoðo, 2535. See eafoð.

eofer, st. m.: 1) boar, here of the metal boar-image upon the helmet: nom. sg. eofer īrenheard, 1113.—2) figuratively, bold hero, brave fighter (O.N. iöfur): nom. pl. þonne ... eoferas cnysedan, when the heroes rushed upon each other, 1329, where eoferas and fēðan stand in the same relation to each other as cnysedan and hniton.

eofor-līc, st. n. boar-image (on the helmet): nom. pl. eofor-līc scionon, 303.

eofor-sprēot, st. m., boar-spear: dat. pl. mid eofer-sprēotum hēoro-hōcyhtum, with hunting-spears which were provided with sharp hooks, 1438.

eoguð, ioguð. See geogoð.

eolet, st. m. n., sea(?): gen. sg. eoletes, 224.

eorclan-stān, st. m., precious stone: acc. pl. -stānas, 1209.

eorð-cyning, st. m., king of the land: gen. sg. eorð-cyninges (Finn), 1156.

eorð-draca, w. m., earth-drake, dragon that lives in the earth: nom. sg. 2713, 2826.

eorðe, w. f.: 1) earth (in contrast with heaven), world: acc. sg. ælmihtiga eorðan worhte, 92; wīde geond eorðan, far over the earth, through the wide world, 266; dat. sg. ofer eorðan, 248, 803; on eorðan, 1823, 2856, 3139; gen. sg. eorðan, 753.—2) earth, ground: acc. sg. hē eorðan gefēoll, fell to the ground, 2835; forlēton eorla gestrēon eorðan healdan, let the earth hold the nobles' treasure, 3168; dat. sg. þæt hit on eorðan læg, 1533; under eorðan, 2416; gen. sg. wið eorðan fæðm (in the bosom of the earth), 3050.

eorð-reced, st. n., hall in the earth, rock-hall: acc. sg. 2720.

eorð-scræf, st. n., earth-cavern, cave: dat. sg. eorð-[scræfe], 2233; gen. pl. eorð-scræfe, 3047.

eorð-sele, st. m., hall in the earth, cave: acc. sg. eorð-sele, 2411; dat sg. of eorðsele, 2516.

eorð-weall, st. m., earth-wall: acc. sg. (Ongenþēow) bēah eft under eorðweall, fled again under the earth-wall (into his fortified camp), 2958; þā mē wæs ... sīð ālȳfed inn under eorðweall, then the way in, under the earth-wall was opened to me (into the dragon's cave), 3091.

eorð-weard, st. m., land-property, estate: acc. sg. 2335.

eorl, st. m., noble born man, a man of the high nobility: nom. sg. 762, 796, 1229, etc.; acc. sg. eorl, 573, 628, 2696; gen. sg. eorles, 690, 983, 1758, etc.; acc. pl. eorlas, 2817; dat. pl. eorlum, 770, 1282, 1650, etc.; gen. pl. eorla, 248, 357, 369, etc.—Since the king himself is from the stock of the eorlas, he is also called eorl, 6, 2952.

eorl-gestrēon, st. n., wealth of the nobles: gen. pl. eorl-gestrēona ... hardfyrdne dǣl, 2245.

eorl-gewǣde, st. n., knightly dress, armor: dat. pl. -gewǣdum, 1443.

eorlīc (i.e. eorl-līc), adj., what it becomes a noble born man to do, chivalrous: acc. sg. eorlīc ellen, 638.

eorl-scipe, st. m., condition of being noble born, chivalrous nature, nobility: acc. sg. eorl-scipe, 1728, 3175; eorl-scipe efnan, to do chivalrous deeds, 2134, 2536, 2623, 3008.

eorl-weorod, st. n., followers of nobles: nom. sg. 2894.

eormen-cyn, st. n., very extensive race, mankind: gen. sg. eormen-cynnes, 1958.

eormen-grund, st. m., immensely wide plains, the whole broad earth: acc. sg. ofer eormen-grund, 860.

eormen-lāf, st. f., enormous legacy: acc. sg. eormen-lāfe æðelan cynnes (the treasures of the dragon's cave) 2235.

eorre, adj., angry, enraged: gen. sg. eorres, 1448.

eoton, st. m.: 1) giant: nom. sg. eoten (Grendel), 762; dat. sg. uninflected, eoton (Grendel), 669; nom. pl. eotenas, 112.—2) Eotens, subjects of Finn, the N. Frisians: 1073, 1089, 1142; dat. pl. 1146. See List of Names, p. 114.

eotonisc, adj., gigantic, coming from giants: acc. sg. eald sweord eotenisc (eotonisc), 1559, 2980, (etonisc, MS.) 2617.

ĒO

ēored-geatwe, st. f. pl., warlike adornments: acc. pl., 2867.

ēowan, w. v., to show, to be seen: pres. sg. III. ne gesacu ōhwǣr, ecghete ēoweð, nowhere shows itself strife, sword-hate, 1739. See ēawan, ȳwan.

ēower: 1) gen. pl. pers. pron., vestrum: ēower sum, that one of you (namely, Bēowulf), 248; fǣhðe ēower lēode, the enmity of the people of you (of your people), 597; nis þæt ēower sīð ... nefne mīn ānes, 2533.—2) poss. pron., your, 251, 257, 294, etc.

F

ge-fandian, -fondian, w. v., to try, to search for, to find out, to experience: w. gen. pret. part. þæt hæfde gumena sum goldes gefandod, that a man had discovered the gold, 2302; þonne se ān hafað þurh deāðes nȳd dǣda gefondad, now the one (Herebeald) has with death's pang experienced the deeds (the unhappy bow-shot of Hæðcyn), 2455.

fara, w. m., farer, traveller: in comp. mere-fara.

faran, st. v., to move from one place to another, to go, to wander: inf. tō hām faran, to go home, 124; lēton on geflīt faran fealwe mēaras, let the fallow horses go in emulation, 865; cwōm faran flotherge on Frēsna land, had come to Friesland with a fleet, 2916; cōm lēoda dugoðe on lāst faran, came to go upon the track of the heroes of his people, i.e. to follow them, 2946; gerund wǣron æðelingas eft tō lēodum fūse tō farenne, the nobles were ready to go again to their people, 1806; pret. sg. gegnum fōr [þā] ofer myrcan mōr, there had (Grendel's mother) gone away over the dark fen, 1405; sǣgenga fōr, the seafarer (the ship) drove along, 1909; (wyrm) mid bǣle fōr, (the dragon) fled away with fire, 2309; pret. pl. þæt ... scawan scīrhame tō scipe fōron, that the visitors in glittering attire betook themselves to the ship, 1896.

gefaran, to proceed, to act: inf. hū se mānsceaða under fǣrgripum gefaran wolde, how he would act in his sudden attacks, 739.

ūt faran, to go out: w. acc. lēt of brēostum ... word ūt faran, let words go out of his breast, uttered words, 2552.

faroð, st. m., stream, flood of the sea, shore, strand, edge: dat. sg. tō brimes faroðe, 28; æfter faroðe, with the stream, 580; æt faroðe, 1917.

faru, st. f., way, passage, expedition: in comp. ād-faru.

fācen-stæf (elementum nequitiae), st. m., wickedness, treachery, deceit. acc. pl. fācen-stafas, 1019.

fāh, fāg, adj., many-colored, variegated, of varying color (especially said of the color of gold, of bronze, and of blood, in which the beams of light are refracted): nom. sg. fāh (covered with blood), 420; blōde fāh, 935; ātertānum fāh (sc. īren) [This is the MS reading; emmended to ātertēarum in text--KTH], 1460; sadol searwum fāh (saddle artistically ornamented with gold), 1039; sweord swāte fāh, 1287; brim blōde fāh, 1595; wældrēore fāg, 1632; (draca) fȳrwylmum fāh (because he spewed flame), 2672; sweord fāh and fǣted, 2702; blōde fāh, 2975; acc. sg. drēore fāhne, 447; goldsele fǣttum fāhne, 717; on fāgne flōr treddode, trod the shining floor (of Heorot), 726; hrōf golde fāhne, the roof shining with gold, 928; nom. pl. eoforlīc ... fāh and fȳr-beard, 305; acc. pl. þā hilt since fāge, 1616; dat. pl. fāgum sweordum, 586.—Comp. bān-, blōd-, brūn-, drēor-, gold-, gryre-, searo-, sinc-, stān-, swāt-, wæl-, wyrm-fāh.

fāh, fāg, fā, adj.: 1) hostile: nom. sg. fāh fēond-scaða, 554; hē wæs fāg wið god (Grendel), 812; acc. sg. fāne (the dragon), 2656; gen. pl. fāra, 578, 1464.—2) liable to pursuit, without peace, outlawed: nom. sg. fāg, 1264; māne fāh, outlawed through crime, 979; fyren-dǣdum fāg, 1002.—Comp. nearo-fāh.

fāmig-heals, adj., with foaming neck: nom. sg. flota fāmig-heals, 218; (sǣgenga) fāmig-heals, 1910.

fæc, st. n., period of time: acc. sg. lȳtel fæc, during a short time, 2241.

fæder, st. m., father: nom. sg. fæder, 55, 262, 459, 2609; of God, 1610; fæder alwalda, 316; acc. sg. fæder, 1356; dat. sg. fæder, 2430; gen. sg. fæder, 21, 1480; of God, 188—Comp.: ǣr, eald-fæder.

fædera, w. m., father's brother in comp. suhter-gefæderan.

fæder-æðelo, st. n. pl., paternus principatus (?): dat. pl. fæder-æðelum, 912.

fæderen-mǣg, st. m., kinsman descended from the same father, co-descendant: dat. sg. fæderen-mǣge, 1264.

fæðm, st. m.: 1) the outspread, encircling arms: instr. pl. fēondes fæð[mum], 2129.—2) embrace, encircling: nom. sg. līges fæðm, 782; acc. sg. in fȳres fæðm, 185.—3) bosom, lap: acc. sg. on foldan fæðm, 1394; wið eorðan fæðm, 3050; dat. pl. tō fæder (God's) fæðmum, 188.—4) power, property: acc. in Francna fæðm, 1211.—Cf. sīd-fæðmed, sīð-fæðme.

fæðmian, w. v., to embrace, to take up into itself: pres. subj. þæt minne līchaman ... glēd fæðmie, 2653; inf. lēton flōd fæðmian frætwa hyrde, 3134.

ge-fæg, adj., agreeable, desirable (Old Eng., fawe, willingly): comp. ge-fægra, 916.

fægen, adj., glad, joyous: nom. pl. ferhðum fægne, the glad at heart, 1634.

fæger, fǣger, adj., beautiful, lovely: nom. sg. fǣger fold-bold, 774; fæger foldan bearm, 1138; acc. sg. freoðoburh fægere, 522; nom. pl. þǣr him fold-wegas fægere þūhton, 867.—Comp. un-fǣger.

fægere, fægre, adv., beautifully, well, becomingly, according to etiquette: fægere geþǣgon medoful manig, 1015; þā wæs flet-sittendum fægere gereorded, becomingly the repast was served, 1789; Higelāc ongan ... fægre fricgean, 1986; similarly, 2990.

fær, st. n., craft, ship: nom. sg., 33.

fæst, adj., bound, fast: nom. sg. bið se slǣp tō fæst, 1743; acc. sg. frēondscipe fæstne, 2070; fæste frioðuwǣre, 1097.—The prep. on stands to denote the where or wherein: wæs tō fæst on þām (sc. on fǣhðe and fyrene), 137; on ancre fæst, 303. Or, oftener, the dative: fēond-grāpum fæst, (held) fast in his antagonist's clutch, 637; fȳrbendum fæst, fast in the forged hinges, 723; handa fæst, 1291, etc.; hygebendum fæst (beorn him langað), fast (shut) in the bonds of his bosom, the man longs for (i.e. in secret), 1879.—Comp: ār-, blǣd-, gin-, sōð-, tīr-, wīs-fæst.

fæste, adv., fæst 554, 761, 774, 789, 1296.—Comp. fæstor, 143.

be-fæstan, w. v., to give over: inf. hēt Hildeburh hire selfre sunu sweoloðe befæstan, to give over to the flames her own son, 1116.

fæsten, st. n., fortified place, or place difficult of access: acc. sg. lēoda fæsten, the fastness of the Gēatas (with ref. to 2327, 2334; fæsten (Ongenþēow's castle or fort), 2951; fæsten (Grendel's house in the fen-sea), 104.

fæst-rǣd, adj., firmly resolved: acc. sg. fæst-rǣdne geþōht, firm determination, 611.

fæt, st. m., way, journey: in comp. sīð-fæt.

fæt, st. n., vessel; vase, cup: acc. pl. fyrn-manna fatu, the (drinking-) vessels of men of old times, 2762.—Comp.: bān-, drync-, māððum-, sinc-, wundor-fæt.

fǣge, adj.: 1) forfeited to death, allotted to death by fate: nom. sg. fǣge, 1756, 2142, 2976; fǣge and ge-flȳmed, 847; fūs and fǣge, 1242; acc. sg. fǣgne flǣsc-homan, 1569; dat. sg. fǣgum, 2078; gen. sg. fǣges, 1528.—2) dead: dat. pl. ofer fǣgum (over the warriors fallen in the battle), 3026.—Comp.: dēað-, un-fǣge.

fǣhð (state of hostility, see fāh), st. f., hostile act, feud, battle: nom. sg. fǣhð, 2404, 3062; acc. sg. fǣhðe, 153, 459, 470, 596, 1334, etc.; also of the unhappy bowshot of the Hrēðling, Hæðcyn, by which he killed his brother, 2466; dat. sg. fore fǣhðe and fyrene, 137; nalas for fǣhðe mearn (did not recoil from the combat), 1538; gen. sg, ne gefeah hē þǣre fǣhðe, 109; gen. pl. fǣhða gemyndig, 2690.—Comp. wæl-fǣhð.

fǣhðo, st. f., same as above: nom. sg. sīo fǣhðo, 3000; acc. fǣhðo, 2490.

fǣlsian, w. v., to bring into a good condition, to cleanse: inf. þæt ic mōte ... Heorot fǣlsian (from the plague of Grendel), 432; pret. Hrōðgāres ... sele fǣlsode, 2353.

ge-fǣlsian, w. v., same as above: pret. part. hæfde gefǣlsod ... sele Hrōðgāres, 826; Heorot is gefǣlsod, 1177; wǣron ȳð-gebland eal gefǣlsod, 1621.

fǣmne, w. f., virgin, recens nupta: dat. sg. fǣmnan, 2035; gen. sg. fǣmnan, 2060, both times of Hrōðgār's daughter Frēaware.

fǣr, st. m., sudden, unexpected attack: nom. sg. (attack upon Hnæf's band by Finn's), 1069, 2231.

fǣr-gripe, st. m., sudden, treacherous gripe, attack: nom. sg. fǣr-gripe flōdes, 1517; dat. pl. under fǣrgripum, 739.

fǣr-gryre, st. m., fright caused by a sudden attack: dat. pl. wið fǣr-gryrum (against the inroads of Grendel into Heorot), 174.

fǣringa, adv., suddenly, unexpectedly, 1415, 1989.

fǣr-nīð, st. m., hostility with sudden attacks: gen. pl. hwæt mē Grendel hafað ... fǣrnīða gefremed, 476.

fǣt, st. n. (?), plate, sheet of metal, especially gold plate (Dietrich Hpt. Ztschr. XI. 420): dat. pl. gold sele ... fǣttum fāhne, shining with gold plates (the walls and the inner part of the roof were partly covered with gold), 717; sceal se hearda helm hyrsted golde fǣtum befeallen (sc. wesan), the gold ornaments shall fall away from it, 2257.

fǣted, fǣtt, part., ornamented with gold beaten into plate-form: gen. sg. fǣttan goldes, 1094, 2247; instr. sg. fǣttan golde, 2103. Elsewhere, covered, ornamented with gold plate: nom. sg. sweord ... fǣted, 2702; acc. sg. fǣted wǣge, 2254, 2283; acc. pl. fǣtte scyldas, 333; fǣtte bēagas, 1751.

fǣted-hlēor, adj., phaleratus gena (Dietr.): acc. pl. eahta mēaras fǣted-hlēore (eight horses with bridles covered with plates of gold), 1037.

fǣt-gold, st. n., gold in sheets or plates: acc. sg., 1922.

feðer-gearwe, st. f. pl. (feather-equipment), the feathers of the shaft of the arrow: dat. (instr.) pl. sceft feðer-gearwum fūs, 3120.

fel, st. n., skin, hide: dat. pl. glōf ... gegyrwed dracan fellum, made of the skins of dragons, 2089.

fela, I., adj. indecl., much, many: as subst.: acc. sg. fela fricgende, 2107. With worn placed before: hwæt þū worn fela ... ymb Brecan sprǣce, how very much you spoke about Breca, 530.—With gen. sg.: acc. sg. fela fyrene, 810; wyrm-cynnes fela, 1426; worna fela sorge, 2004; tō fela micles ... Denigea lēode, too much of the race of the Danes, 695; uncūðes fela, 877; fela lāðes, 930; fela lēofes and lāðes, 1061.—With gen. pl.: nom. sg. fela mādma, 36; fela þǣra wera and wīfa, 993, etc.; acc. sg. fela missēra, 153; fela fyrena, 164; ofer landa fela, 311; māððum-sigla fela (falo, MS.), 2758; nē mē swōr fela āða on unriht, swore no false oaths, 2739, etc.; worn fela māðma, 1784; worna fela gūða, 2543.—Comp. eal-fela.

II., adverbial, very, 1386, 2103, 2951.

fela-hrōr, adj., valde agitatus, very active against the enemy, very warlike, 27.

fela-mōdig, adj., very courageous: gen. pl. -mōdigra, 1638, 1889.

fela-synnig, adj., very criminal, very guilty: acc. sg. fela-sinnigne secg (in MS., on account of the alliteration, changed to simple sinnigne), 1380.

fēolan, st. v., to betake one's self into a place, to conceal one's self: pret. siððan inne fealh Grendles mōdor (in Heorot), 1282; þǣr inne fealh secg syn-bysig (in the dragon's cave), 2227.—to fall into, undergo, endure: searonīðas fealh, 1201.

æt-fēolan, w. dat., insistere, adhǣrere: pret. nō ic him þæs georne ætfealh (held him not fast enough, 969.

fen, st. n., fen, moor: acc. sg. fen, 104; dat. sg. tō fenne, 1296; fenne, 2010.

fen-freoðo, st. f., refuge in the fen: dat. sg. in fen-freoðo, 852.

feng, st. m., gripe, embrace: nom. sg. fȳres feng, 1765; acc. sg. fāra feng (of the hostile sea-monsters), 578.—Comp. inwit-feng.

fengel (probably he who takes possession, cf. tō fōn, 1756, and fōn tō rīce, to enter upon the government), st. m., lord, prince, king: nom. sg. wīsa fengel, 1401; snottra fengel, 1476, 2157; hringa fengel, 2346.

fen-ge-lād, st. n., fen-paths, fen with paths: acc. pl. frēcne fengelād (fens difficult of access), 1360.

fen-hlið, st. n., marshy precipice: acc. pl. under fen-hleoðu, 821.

fen-hop, st. n., refuge in the fen: acc. pl. on fen-hopu, 765.

ferh, st. m. n., life; see feorh.

ferh, st. m., hog, boar, here of the boar-image on the helmet: nom. sg., 305.

ferhð, st. m., heart, soul: dat. sg. on ferhðe, 755, 949, 1719; gehwylc hiora his ferhðe trēowde, þæt ..., each of them trusted to his (Hunferð's) heart, that ..., 1167; gen. sg. ferhðes fore-þanc, 1061; dat. pl. (adverbial) ferhðum fægne, happy at heart, 1634; þæt mon ... ferhðum frēoge, that one ... heartily love, 3178.—Comp.: collen-, sarig-, swift-, wide-ferhð.

ferhð-frec, adj., having good courage, bold, brave: acc. sg. ferhð-frecan Fin, 1147.

ferhð-genīðla, w. m., mortal enemy: acc. sg. ferhð-genīðlan, of the drake, 2882.

ferian, w. v. w. acc., to bear, to bring, to conduct: pres. II. pl. hwanon ferigeað fǣtte scyldas, 333; pret. pl. tō scypum feredon eal ingesteald eorðcyninges, 1155; similarly, feredon, 1159, 3114.

æt-ferian, to carry away, to bear off: pret. ic þæt hilt þanan fēondum ætferede, 1669.

ge-ferian, bear, to bring, to lead: pres. subj. I. pl. þonne (wē) geferian frēan ūserne, 3108; inf. geferian ... Grendles hēafod, 1639; pret. þæt hī ūt geferedon dȳre māðmas, 3131; pret. part. hēr syndon geferede feorran cumene ... Gēata lēode, men of the Gēatas, come from afar, have been brought hither (by ship), 361.

oð-ferian, to tear away, to take away: pret. sg. I. unsōfte þonan feorh oð-ferede, 2142.

of-ferian, to carry off, to take away, to tear away: pret. ōðer swylc ūt offerede, took away another such (sc. fifteen), 1584.

fetel-hilt, st. n., sword-hilt, with the gold chains fastened to it: acc. (sg. or pl.?), 1564. (See "Leitfaden f. nord. Altertumskunde," pp.45, 46.)

fetian, w. v., to bring near, bring: pres. subj. nāh hwā ... fe[tige] fǣted wǣge, bring the gold-chased tankard, 2254; pret. part. hraðe wæs tō būre Bēowulf fetod, 1311.

ge-fetian, to bring: inf. hēt þā eorla hlēo in gefetian Hrēðles lāfe, caused Hrēðel's sword to be brought, 2191.

ā-fēdan, w. v., to nourish, to bring up: pret. part. þǣr hē āfēded wæs, 694.

fēða (O.H.G. fendo), w. m.: 1) foot-soldiers: nom. pl. fēðan, 1328, 2545.—2) collective in sing., band of foot-soldiers, troop of warriors: nom. fēða eal gesæt, 1425; dat. on fēðan, 2498, 2920.—Comp. gum-fēða.

fēðe, st. n., gait, going, pace: dat. sg. wæs tō foremihtig fēond on fēðe, the enemy was too strong in going (i.e. could flee too fast), 971.

fēðe-cempa, w. m., foot-soldier: nom. sg., 1545, 2854.

fēðe-gæst, st. m., guest coming on foot: dat. pl. fēðe-gestum, 1977.

fēðe-lāst, st. m., signs of going, footprint: dat. pl. fērdon forð þonon fēðe-lāstum, went forth from there upon their trail, i.e. by the same way that they had gone, 1633.

fēðe-wīg, st. m., battle on foot: gen. sg. nealles Hetware hrēmge þorfton (sc. wesan) fēðe-wīges, 2365.

fēl (= fēol), st. f. file: gen. pl. fēla lāfe, what the files have left behind (that is, the swords), 1033.

fēran, w. v., iter (A.S. fōr) facere, to come, to go, to travel: pres. subj. II. pl. ǣr gē ... on land Dena furður fēran, ere you go farther into the land of the Danes, 254; inf. fēran on frēan wǣre (to die), 27; gewiton him þā fēran (set out upon their way), 301; mǣl is mē tō fēran, 316; fēran ... gang scēawigan, go, so as to see the footprints, 1391; wīde fēran, 2262; pret. fērdon folctogan ... wundor scēawian, the princes came to see the wonder, 840; fērdon forð, 1633.

ge-fēran: 1) adire, to arrive at: pres. subj. þonne eorl ende gefēre līfgesceafta, reach the end of life, 3064; pret. part. hæfde ǣghwæðer ende gefēred lǣnan līfes, frail life's end had both reached, 2845.—2) to reach, to accomplish, to bring about: pret. hafast þū gefēred þæt ..., 1222, 1856.—3) to behave one's self, to conduct one's self: pret. frēcne gefērdon, had shown themselves daring, 1692.

feal, st. m., fall: in comp. wæl-feal.

feallan, st. v., to fall, to fall headlong: inf. feallan, 1071; pret. sg. þæt hē on hrūsan ne fēol, that it (the hall) did not fall to the ground, 773; similarly, fēoll on foldan, 2976; fēoll on fēðan (dat. sg.), fell in the band (of his warriors), 2920; pret. pl. þonne walu fēollon, 1043.

be-feallen, pret. part. w. dat. or instr., deprived of, robbed: frēondum befeallen, robbed of friends, 1127; sceal se hearda helm ... fǣtum befeallen (sc. wesan), be robbed of its gold mountings (the gold mounting will fall away from it moldering), 2257.

ge-feallan, to fall, to sink down: pres. sg. III. þæt se līc-homa ... fǣge gefealleð, that the body doomed to die sinks down, 1756.—Also, with the acc. of the place whither: pret. meregrund gefēoll, 2101; hē eorðan gefēoll, 2835.

fealu, adj., fallow, dun-colored, tawny: acc. sg. ofer fealone flōd (over the sea), 1951; fealwe strǣte (with reference to 320, 917; acc. pl. lēton on geflīt faran fealwe mēaras, 866.—Comp. æppel-fealo.

feax, st. n., hair, hair of the head: dat. sg. wæs be feaxe on flet boren Grendles hēafod, was carried by the hair into the hall, 1648; him ... swāt ... sprong forð under fexe, the blood sprang out under the hair of his head, 2968.—Comp.: blonden-, gamol-, wunden-feax.

ge-fēa, w. m., joy: acc. sg. þǣre fylle gefēan, joy at the abundant repast, 562; ic þæs ealles mæg ... gefēan habban (can rejoice at all this), 2741.

fēa, adj., few dat. pl. nemne fēaum ānum, except some few, 1082; gen. pl. fēara sum, as one of a few, with a few, 1413; fēara sumne, one of a few (some few), 3062. With gen. following: acc. pl. fēa worda cwæð, spoke few words, 2663, 2247.

fēa-sceaft, adj., miserable, unhappy, helpless: nom. sg. syððan ǣrest wearð fēasceaft funden, 7; fēasceaft guma (Grendel), 974; dat. sg. fēasceaftum men, 2286; Ēadgilse ... fēasceaftum, 2394; nom. pl. fēasceafte (the Gēatas robbed of their king, Hygelāc), 2374.

feoh, fēo, st. n., (properly cattle, herd) here, possessions, property, treasure: instr. sg. ne wolde ... feorh-bealo fēo þingian, would not allay life's evil for treasure (tribute), 156; similarly, þā fǣhðe fēo þingode, 470; ic þē þā fǣhðe fēo lēanige, 1381.

ge-feohan, ge-fēon, st. v. w. gen. and instr., to enjoy one's self, to rejoice at something: a) w. gen.: pret. sg. ne gefeah hē þǣre fǣhðe, 109; hilde gefeh, beado-weorces, 2299; pl. fylle gefǣgon, enjoyed themselves at the bounteous repast, 1015; þēodnes gefēgon, rejoiced at (the return of) the ruler, 1628.—b) w. instr.: niht-weorce gefeh, ellen-mǣrðum, 828; secg weorce gefeh, 1570; sǣlāce gefeah, mægen-byrðenne þāra þe hē him mid hæfde, rejoiced at the gift of the sea, and at the great burden of that (Grendel's head and the sword-hilt) which he had with him, 1625.

feoh-gift, -gyft, st. f., bestowing of gifts or treasures: gen. sg. þǣre feoh-gyfte, 1026; dat. pl. æt feohgyftum, 1090; fromum feohgiftum, with rich gifts, 21.

feoh-lēas, adj., that cannot be atoned for through gifts: nom. sg. þæt wæs feoh-lēas gefeoht, a deed of arms that cannot be expiated (the killing of his brother by Hæðcyn), 2442.

ge-feoht, st. n., combat; warlike deed: nom. sg. (the killing of his brother by Hæðcyn), 2442; dat. sg. mēce þone þīn fader tō gefeohte bær, the sword which thy father bore to the combat, 2049.

ge-feohtan, st. v., to fight: inf. w. acc. ne mehte ... wīg Hengeste wiht gefeohtan (could by no means offer Hengest battle), 1084.

feohte, w. f., combat: acc. sg. feohtan, 576, 960. See were-fyhte.

feor, adj., far, remote: nom. sg. nis þæt feor heonon, 1362; næs him feor þanon tō gesēcanne sinces bryttan, 1922; acc. sg. feor eal (all that is far, past), 1702.

feor, adv., far, far away: a) of space, 42, 109, 809, 1806, 1917; feor and (oððe) nēah, far and (or) near, 1222, 2871; feorr, 2267.—b) of time: gē feor hafað fǣhðe gestǣled (has placed us under her enmity henceforth), 1341.

Comparative, fyr, feorr, and feor: fyr and fæstor, 143; fyr, 252; feorr, 1989; feor, 542.

feor-būend, pt., dwelling far away: nom. pl. gē feor-būend, 254.

feor-cȳð, st. f., home of those living far away, distant land: nom, pl. feor-cȳððe bēoð sēlran gesōhte þǣm þe him selfa dēah, foreign lands are better sought by him who trusts to his own ability, 1839.

feorh, ferh (Goth. fairhvu-s, world), st. m. and n., life, principle of life, soul: nom. sg. feorh, 2124; nō þon lange wæs feorh æðelinges flǣsce bewunden, not for much longer was the soul of the prince enveloped in the body (he was near death), 2425; ferh ellen wræc, life expelled the strength (i.e. with the departing life the strength disappeared also), 2707; acc. sg. feorh ealgian, 797, 2656, 2669; feorh gehealdan, preserve his life, 2857; feorh ālegde, gave up his life, 852; similarly, ǣr hē feorh seleð, 1371; feorh oðferede, tore away her life, 2142; oð þæt hīe forlǣddan tō þām lindplegan swǣse gesīðas ond hyra sylfra feorh, till in an evil hour they carried into battle their dear companions and their lives (i.e. led them to their death), 2041; gif þū þīn feorh hafast, 1850; ymb feorh sacan (to fight for life), 439; wæs in feorh dropen, was wounded into his life, i.e. mortally, 2982; wīdan feorh, as temporal acc., through a wide life, i.e. always, 2015; dat. sg. fēore, 1294, 1549; tō wīdan feore, for a wide life, i.e. at all times, 934; on swā geongum feore (at a so youthful age), 1844; as instr., 578, 3014; gen. sg. fēores, 1434, 1943; dat. pl. būton ... feorum gumena, 73; frēonda fēorum, 1307.—Also, body, corpse: þā wæs heal hroden fēonda fēorum (the hall was covered with the slain of the enemy), 1153; gehwearf þā in Francna fæðm feorh cyninges, then the body of the king (Hygelāc) fell into the power of the Franks, 1211. —Comp. geogoð-feorh.

feorh-bana, w. m., (life-slayer), man-slayer, murderer: dat. sg. feorh-bonan, 2466.

feorh-ben, st. f., wound that takes away life, mortal wound: dat. (instr.) pl. feorh-bennum sēoc, 2741.

feorh-bealu, st. n., evil destroying life, violent death: nom. sg., 2078, 2251, 2538; acc. sg., 156.

feorh-cyn, st. n., race of the living, mankind: gen. pl. fela feorh-cynna, 2267.

feorh-genīðla, w. m., he who seeks life, life's enemy (N.H.G. Tod-feind), mortal enemy: acc. sg. -genīðlan, 1541; dat. sg. -genīðlan, 970; acc. sg. brǣgd feorh-genīðlan, 1541; acc. pl. folgode feorh-genīðlan, (Ongenþēow) pursued his mortal enemies, 2934.

feorh-lagu, st. f., the life allotted to anyone, life determined by fate: acc. sg. on māðma hord mine (mīnne, MS.) bebohte frōde feorh-lege, for the treasure-hoard I sold my old life, 2801.

feorh-lāst, st. m., trace of (vanishing) life, sign of death : acc. pl. feorh-lāstas bær, 847.

feorh-sēoc, adj., mortally wounded: nom. sg., 821.

feorh-sweng, st. m., (stroke robbing of life), fatal blow: acc. sg., 2490.

feorh-wund, st. f., mortal wound, fatal injury: acc. sg. feorh-wunde hlēat, 2386.

feorm, st. f., subsistence, entertainment: acc. sg. nō þū ymb mīnes ne þearft līces feorme leng sorgian, thou needest no longer have care for the sustenance of my body, 451.—2) banquet: dat. on feorme (or feorme, MS.), 2386.

feormend-lēas, adj., wanting the. cleanser: acc. pl. geseah ... fyrn-manna fatu feormend-lēase, 2762.

feormian, w. v., to clean, to cleanse, to polish: pres. part. nom pl. feormiend swefað (feormynd, MS.), 2257.

ge-feormian, w. v., to feast, to eat; pret. part. sōna hæfde unlyfigendes eal gefeormod fēt and folma, 745.

feorran, w. v., w. acc., to remove: inf. sibbe ne wolde wið manna hwone mægenes Deniga feorh-bealo feorran, fēo þingian, (Grendel) would not from friendship free any one of the men of the Danes of life's evil, nor allay it for tribute, 156.

feorran, adv., from afar: a) of space, 361, 430, 826, 1371, 1820, etc.; siððan æðelingas feorran gefricgean flēam ēowerne, when noble men afar learn of your flight (when the news of your flight reaches distant lands), 2890; fērdon folctogan feorran and nēan, from far and from near, 840; similarly, nēan and feorran þū nū [friðu] hafast, 1175; wæs þæs wyrmes wīg wīde gesȳne ... nēan and feorran, visible from afar, far and near, 2318.—b) temporal: sē þe cūðe frumsceaft fīra feorran reccan (since remote antiquity), 91; similarly, feorran rehte, 2107.

feorran-cund, adj., foreign-born: dat. sg. feorran-cundum, 1796.

feor-weg, st. m., far way: dat. pl. mādma fela of feorwegum, many precious things from distant paths (from foreign lands), 37.

ge-fēon. See feohan.

fēond, st. m., enemy: nom. sg., 164, 726, 749; fēond on helle (Grendel), 101; acc. sg., 279, 1865, 2707; dat. sg. fēonde, 143, 439; gen. sg. fēondes, 985, 2129, 2290; acc, pl. fēond, 699; dat. pl. fēondum, 420, 1670; gen. pl. feonda 294, 809, 904.

fēond-grāp, st. f., foe's clutch: dat. (instr.) pl. fēond-grāpum fæst, 637.

fēond-sceaða, w. m., one who is an enemy and a robber: nom. sg. fāh fēond-scaða (a hostile sea-monster), 554.

fēond-scipe, st. m., hostility: nom. sg., 3000.

fēower, num., four: nom. fēower bearn, 59; fēower mēaras, 2164; fēower, as substantive, 1638; acc. fēower māðmas, 1028.

fēower-tȳne, num., fourteen: nom. with following gen. pl. fēowertȳne Gēata, 1642.

findan, st. v., to find, to invent, to attain: a) with simple object in acc.: inf. þāra þe hē cēnoste findan mihte, 207; swylce hīe at Finnes-hām findan meahton sigla searo-gimma, 1157; similarly, 2871; mæg þǣr fela frēonda findan, 1839; wolde guman findan, 2295; swā hyt weorðlīcost fore-snotre men findan mihton, so splendidly as only very wise men could devise it, 3164; pret. sg. healþegnas fand, 720; word ōðer fand, found other words, i.e. went on to another narrative, 871; grimne gryrelīcne grund-hyrde fond, 2137; þæt ic gōdne funde bēaga bryttan, 1487; pret. part. syððan ǣrest wearð fēasceaft funden (discovered), 7.—b) with acc. and pred. adj.: pret. sg. dryhten sīnne drīorigne fand, 2790.—c) with acc. and inf.: pret. fand þā þǣr inne æðelinga gedriht swefan, 118; fand wæccendne wer wīges bīdan, 1268; hord-wynne fond opene standan, 2271; oð þæt hē fyrgen-bēamas ... hleonian funde, 1416; pret. pl. fundon þā sāwullēasne hlim-bed healdan, 3034.—d) with dependent clause: inf. nō þȳ ǣr fēasceafte findan meahton æt þām æðelinge þæt hē Heardrēde hlāford wǣre (could by no means obtain it from the prince), 2374.

on-findan, to be sensible of, to perceive, to notice: a) w. acc.: pret. sg. landweard onfand eftsīð eorla, the coast-guard observed the return of the earls, 1892; pret. part. þā hēo onfunden wæs (was discovered), 1294.—b) w. depend, clause: pret. sg. þā se gist onfand þæt se beado-lēoma bītan nolde, the stranger (Bēowulf) perceived that the sword would not cut, 1523; sōna þæt onfunde, þæt ..., immediately perceived that..., 751; similarly, 810, 1498.

finger, st. m., finger: nom. pl. fingras, 761; acc. pl. fingras, 985; dat. (instr.) pl. fingrum, 1506; gen. pl. fingra, 765.

fīras, fȳras (O.H.G. firahī, i.e. the living; cf. feorh), st. m., only in pl., men: gen. pl. fīra, 91, 2742; monegum fīra, 2002; fȳra gehwylcne lēoda mīnra, 2251; fīra fyrngeweorc, 2287.

firen, fyren, st. f., cunning waylaying, insidious hostility, malice, outrage: nom. sg. fyren, 916; acc. sg. fyrene and fǣhðe, 153; fǣhðe and fyrene, 880, 2481; firen' ondrysne, 1933; dat. sg. fore fǣhðe and fyrene, 137; gen. pl. fyrena, 164, 629; and fyrene, 812; fyrena hyrde (of Grendel), 751. The dat. pl., fyrenum, is used adverbially in the sense of maliciously, 1745, or fallaciously, with reference to Hæðcyn's killing Herebeald, which was done unintentionally, 2442.

firen-dǣd, st. f., wicked deed: acc. pl. fyren-dǣda, 1670; instr. pl. fyren-dǣdum, 1002; both times of Grendel and his mother, with reference to their nocturnal inroads.

firen-þearf, st. f., misery through the malignity of enemies: acc. sg. fyren-þearfe, 14.

firgen-bēam, st. m., tree of a mountain-forest: acc. pl. fyrgen-bēamas, 1415.

firgen-holt, st. m., mountain-wood, mountain-forest: acc. sg. on fyrgen-holt, 1394.

firgen-strēam, st. m., mountain-stream: nom. sg. fyrgen-strēam, 1360; acc. sg. under fyrgen-strēam (marks the place where the mountain-stream, according to 1360, empties into Grendel's sea), 2129.

fisc, st. m., fish: in comp. hron-, mere-fisc.

fīf, num., five: uninflect. gen. fīf nihta fyrst, 545; acc. fīfe (?), 420.

fīfel-cyn (O.N. fīfl, stultus and gigas), st. n., giant-race: gen. sg. fīfelcynnes eard, 104.

fīf-tȳne, num., fifteen: acc. fȳftȳne, 1583; gen. fīftȳna sum, 207.

fīf-tig, num., fifty: 1) as substantive with gen. following; acc. fīftig wintra, 2734; gen. sē wæs fīftiges fōt-gemearces lang, 3043.—2) as adjective: acc. fīftig wintru, 2210.

flān, st. m., arrow: dat. sg. flāne, 3120; as instr., 2439.

flān-boga, w. m., bow which shoots the flān, bow: dat. sg. of flān-bogan, 1434, 1745.

flǣsc, st. n., flesh, body in contrast with soul: instr. sg. nō þon lange wæs feorh æðelinges flǣsce bewunden, not much longer was the son of the prince contained in his body, 2425.

flǣsc-hama, w. m., clothing of flesh, i.e. the body: acc. sg. flǣsc-homan, 1569.

flet, st. n.: 1) ground, floor of a hall: acc. sg. hēo on flet gebēah, fell to the ground, 1541; similarly, 1569.—2) hall, mansion: nom. sg. 1977; acc. sg. flet, 1037, 1648, 1950, 2018, etc.; flett, 2035; þæt hīe him ōðer flet eal gerȳmdon, that they should give up entirely to them another hall, 1087; dat. sg. on flette, 1026.

flet-ræst, st. f., resting-place in the hall: acc. sg. flet-ræste gebēag, reclined upon the couch in the hall, 1242.

flet-sittend, pres. part., sitting in the hall: acc. pl -sittende, 2023; dat. pl. -sittendum, 1789.

flet-werod, st. n., troop from the hall: nom. sg., 476.

flēam, st. m., flight: acc. sg. on flēam gewand, had turned to flight, 1002; flēam ēowerne, 2890.

flēogan, st. v., to fly: prs. sg. III. flēogeð, 2274.

flēon, st. v., to flee: inf. on heolster flēon, 756; flēon on fenhopu, 765; flēon under fen-hleoðu, 821; pret. hete-swengeas flēah, 2226.

be-flēon, w. acc., to avoid, to escape: gerund nō þæt ȳðe byð tō beflēonne, that is not easy (i.e. not at all) to be avoided, 1004.

ofer-flēon, w. acc., to flee from one, to yield: inf. nelle ic beorges weard oferflēon fōtes trem, will not yield to the warder of the mountain (the drake) a foot's breadth, 2526.

flēotan, st. v., to float upon the water, to swim: inf. nō hē wiht fram mē flōd-ȳðum feor flēotan meahte. hraðor on helme, no whit, could he swim from me farther on the waves (regarded as instrumental, so that the waves marked the distance), more swiftly in the sea, 542; pret. sǣgenga flēat fāmigheals forð ofer ȳðe, floated away over the waves, 1910.

fliht. See flyht.

flitme. See un-flitme.

flītan, st. v., to exert one's self, to strive, to emulate: pres. part. flītende fealwe strǣte mēarum mǣton (rode a race), 917; pret. sg. II. eart þū se Bēowulf, sē þe wið Brecan ... ymb sund flite, art thou the Bēowulf who once contended with Breca for the prize in swimming? 507.

ofer-flītan, to surpass one in a contest, to conquer, to overcome: pret. w. acc. hē þē æt sunde oferflāt (overcome thee in a swimming-wager), 517.

ge-flīt, st. n., emulation: acc. sg. lēton on geflīt faran fealwe mēaras, let the fallow horses go in emulation, 866.

floga, w. m., flyer; in the compounds: gūð-, lyft-, ūht-, wid-floga.

flota (see flēotan), w. m., float, ship, boat: nom. sg., 210, 218, 301; acc. sg. flotan ēowerne, 294.—Comp. wǣg-flota.

flot-here, st. m., fleet: instr. sg. cwōm faran flotherge on Frēsna land, 2916.

flōd, st. m., flood, stream, sea-current: nom. sg., 545, 580, 1362, etc.; acc. sg. flōd, 3134; ofer fealone flōd, 1951; dat. sg. tō flōde, 1889; gen. pl. flōda begong, the region of floods, i.e. the sea, 1498, 1827; flōda genipu, 2809.

flōd-ȳð, st. f., flood-wave: instr. pl. flōd-ȳðum, 542.

flōr, st. m., floor, stone-floor: acc. sg. on fāgne flōr (the floor was probably a kind of mosaic, made of colored flags), 726; dat. sg. gang þā æfter flōre, along the floor (i.e. along the hall), 1317.

flyht, fliht, st. m., flight: nom. sg. gāres fliht, flight of the spear, 1766.

ge-flȳman, w. v., to put to flight: pret. part. geflȳmed, 847, 1371.

folc, st. n., troop, band of warriors; folk, in the sense of the whole body of the fighting men of a nation: acc. sg. folc, 522, 694, 912; Sūðdene folc, 464; folc and rīce, 1180; dat. sg. folce, 14, 2596; folce Deninga, 465; as instr. folce gestepte ofer sǣ sīde, went with a band of warriors over the wide sea, 2394; gen. sg. folces, 1125; folces Denigea, 1583.—The king is called folces hyrde, 611, 1833, 2645, 2982; frēawine folces, 2358; or folces weard, 2514. The queen, folces cwēn, 1933.—The pl., in the sense of warriors, fighting men: nom. pl. folc, 1423, 2949; dat. pl. folcum, 55, 262, 1856; gen. pl. frēo- (frēa-) wine folca, of the king, 430, 2430; friðu-sibb folca, of the queen, 2018.—Comp. sige-folc.

folc-āgend, pres. part., leader of a band of warriors: nom. pl. folc-āgende, 3114.

folc-beorn, st. m., man of the multitude, a common man: nom. sg. folc-beorn, 2222.

folc-cwēn, st. f., queen of a warlike host: nom. sg., of Wealhþēow, 642.

folc-cyning, st. m., king of a warlike host: nom. sg., 2734, 2874.

folc-rǣd, st. m, what best serves a warlike host: acc. sg., 3007.

folc-riht, st. n., the rights of the fighting men of a nation: gen. pl. him ǣr forgeaf ... folcrihta gehwylc, swā his fæder āhte, 2609.

folc-scearu, st. f., part of a host of warriors, nation: dat. sg. folc-scare, 73.

folc-stede, st. m., position of a band of warriors, place where a band of warriors is quartered: acc. sg. folcstede, of the hall, Heorot, 76; folcstede fāra (the battle-field), 1464.

folc-toga, w. m., leader of a body of warriors, duke: nom. pl., powerful liege-men of Hrōðgār are called folc-togan, 840.

fold-bold, st. n., earth-house (i.e. a house on earth in contrast with a dwelling in heaven): nom. sg. fǣger fold-bold, of the hall, Heorot, 774.

fold-būend, pres. part. dweller on earth, man: nom. pl. fold-būend, 2275; fold-būende, 1356; dat. pl. fold-būendum, 309.

folde, w. f., earth, ground: acc. sg. under foldan, 1362; fēoll on foldan, 2976; gen. sg. foldan bearm, the bosom of the earth, 1138; foldan scēatas, 96; foldan fæðm, 1394.—Also, earth, world: dat. sg. on foldan, 1197.

fold-weg, st. m., field-way, road through the country: acc. sg. fold-weg, 1634; acc. pl. fold-wegas, 867.

folgian, w. v.: 1) to perform vassal-duty, to serve, to follow: pret. pl. þēah hīe hira bēaggyfan banan folgedon, although they followed the murderer of their prince, 1103.—2) to pursue, to follow after: folgode feorh-genīðlan (acc. pl.) 2934.

folm, st. f, hand: acc. sg. folme, 971, 1304; dat. sg. mid folme, 743; acc. pl. fēt and folma, feet and hands, 746; dat. pl. tō banan folmum, 158; folmum (instr.), 723, 993.—Comp.: beado-, gearo-folm.

for, prep. w. dat., instr., and acc.: 1) w. dat. local, before, ante: þæt hē for eaxlum gestōd Deniga frēan, 358; for hlāwe, 1121.—b) before, coram, in conspectu: no hē þǣre feohgyfte for scēotendum scamigan þorfte, had no need to be ashamed of the gift before the warriors, 1027; for þǣm werede, 1216; for eorlum, 1650; for duguðe, before the noble band of warriors, 2021.—Causal, a) to denote a subjective motive, on account of, through, from: for wlenco, from bravery, through warlike courage, 338, 1207; for wlence, 508; for his wonhȳdum, 434; for onmēdlan, 2927, etc.—b) objective, partly denoting a cause, through, from, by reason of: for metode, for the creator, on account of the creator, 169; for þrēanȳdum, 833; for þrēanēdlan, 2225; for dolgilpe, on account of, in accordance with the promise of bold deeds (because you claimed bold deeds for yourself), 509; him for hrōfsele hrīnan ne mehte fǣr-gripe flōdes, on account of the roofed hall the malicious grasp of the flood could not reach him, 1516; līg-egesan wæg for horde, on account of (the robbing of) the treasure, 2782; for mundgripe mīnum, on account of, through the gripe of my hand, 966; for þæs hildfruman hondgeweorce, 2836; for swenge, through the stroke, 2967; ne meahte ... dēop gedȳgan for dracan lēge, could not hold out in the deep on account of the heat of the drake, 2550. Here may be added such passages as ic þǣm gōdan sceal for his mōdþræce māðmas bēodan, will offer him treasures on account of his boldness of character, for his high courage, 385; ful-oft for lǣssan lēan teohhode, gave often reward for what was inferior, 952; nalles for ealdre mearn, was not uneasy about his life, 1443; similarly, 1538. Also denoting purpose: for ārstafum, to the assistance, 382, 458.—2) w. instr. causal, because of, for: hē hine feor forwræc for þȳ mane, 110.—3) w. acc., for, as, instead of: for sunu frēogan, love as a son, 948; for sunu habban, 1176; nē him þæs wyrmes wīg for wiht dyde, held the drake's fighting as nothing, 2349.

foran, adv., before, among the first, forward: siððan ... scēawedon fēondes fingras, foran ǣghwylc (each before himself), 985; þæt wæs ān foran ealdgestrēona, that was one among the first of the old treasures, i.e. a splendid old treasure, 1459; þē him foran ongēan linde bǣron, bore their shields forward against him (went out to fight against him), 2365.

be-foran: 1) adv., local, before: hē ... beforan gengde, went before, 1413; temporal, before, earlier, 2498.—2) prep. w. acc. before, in conspectu: mǣre māððum-sweord manige gesāwon beforan beorn beran, 1025.

ford, st. m., ford, water-way: acc. sg. ymb brontne ford, 568.

forð: 1) local, forth, hither, near: forð near ætstōp, approached nearer, 746; þā cwōm Wealhþēo forð gān, 1163; similarly, 613; him seleþegn forð wīsade, led him (Bēowulf) forth (to the couch that had been prepared for him in Heorot), 1796; þæt him swāt sprong forð under fexe, forth under the hair of his head, 2968. Forward, further: gewītað forð beran wǣpen and gewǣdu, 291; hē tō forð gestōp, 2290; freoðo-wong þone forð oferēodon, 2960. Away, forth, 45, 904; fyrst forð gewāt, the time (of the way to the ship) was out, i.e. they had arrived at the ship, 210; mē ... forð-gewitenum, to me the departed, 1480; fērdon forð, went forth (from Grendel's sea), 1633; þonne hē forð scile, when he must (go) forth, i.e. die, 3178; hine mihtig god ... ofer ealle men forð gefremede, carried him forth, over all men, 1719.—2) temporal, forth, from now on: heald forð tela nīwe sibbe, 949; ic sceal forð sprecan gēn ymbe Grendel, shall from now on speak again of Grendel, 2070. See furðum and furðor.

forð-gerīmed, pres. part., in unbroken succession, 59.

forð-gesceaft, st. f., that which is determined for farther on, future destiny: acc. sg. hē þā forð-gesceaft forgyteð and forgȳmeð, 1751.

forð-weg, st. m., road that leads away, journey: hē of ealdre gewāt frōd on forð-weg (upon the way to the next world), 2626.

fore, prep. w. dat., local, before, coram, in conspectu: hēo fore þǣm werede spræc, 1216. Causal, through, for, because of: nō mearn fore fǣhðe and fyrene, 136; fore fæder dǣdum, because of the father's deeds, 2060,—Allied to this is the meaning, about, de, super: þǣr wæs sang and swēg samod ætgædere fore Healfdenes hildewīsan, song and music about Healfdene's general (the song of Hnæf), 1065.

fore-mǣre, adj., renowned beyond (others), prǣclarus: superl. þæt wæs fore-mǣrost foldbūendum receda under roderum, 309.

fore-mihtig, adj., able beyond (others), prǣpotens: nom. sg. wæs tō foremihtig fēond on fēðe, the enemy was too strong in going (could flee too rapidly), 970.

fore-snotor, adj., wise beyond (others), sapientissimus: nom. pl. foresnotre men, 3164.

fore-þanc, st. m., forethought, consideration, deliberation: nom. sg., 1061.

forht, adj., fearful, cowardly: nom. sg. forht, 2968; hē on mōde wearð forht on ferhðe, 755.—Comp. unforht.

forma, adj., foremost, first: nom. sg. forma sīð (the first time), 717, 1464, 1528, 2626; instr. sg. forman sīðe, 741, 2287; forman dōgore, 2574.

fyrmest, adv. superl., first of all, in the first place: hē fyrmest læg, 2078.

forst, st. m., frost, cold: gen. sg. forstes bend, 1610.

for-þām, for-þan, for-þon, adv. and conj., therefore, on that account, then: forþām, 149; forþan, 418, 680, 1060; forþon þe, because, 503.

fōn, st. v., to catch, to grasp, to take hold, to take: prs. sg. III. fēhð ōðer tō, another lays hold (takes possession), 1756; inf. ic mid grāpe sceal fōn wið fēonde, 439; pret. sg. him tōgēanes fēng, caught at him, grasped at him, 1543; w. dat. hē þām frætwum fēng, received the rich adornments (Ongenþēow's equipment), 2990.

be-fōn, to surround, to ensnare, to encompass, to embrace: pret. part. hyne sār hafað ... nearwe befongen balwon bendum, 977; hēo æðelinga ānne hæfde fæste befangen (had seized him firmly), 1296; helm ... befongen frēawrāsnum (encircled by an ornament like a diadem), 1452; fenne bifongen, surrounded by the fen, 2010; (draca) fȳre befongen, encircled by fire, 2275, 2596; hæfde landwara līge befangen, encompassed by fire, 2322.

ge-fōn, w. acc., to seize, to grasp: pret. hē gefēng slǣpendne rinc, 741; gūðrinc gefēng atolan clommum, 1502; gefēng þā be eaxle ... Gūðgēata lēod Grendles mōdor, 1538; gefēng þā fetelhilt, 1564; hond rond gefēng, geolwe linde, 2610; ic on ofoste gefēng micle mid mundum mægen-byrðenne, hastily I seized with my hands the enormous burden, 3091.

on-fōn, w. dat., to receive, to accept, to take: pres. imp. sg. onfōh þissum fulle, accept this cup, 1170; inf. þæt þæt þēodnes bearn ... scolde fæder-æðelum onfōn, receive the paternal rank, 912; pret. sg. hwā þǣm hlæste onfēng, who received the ship's lading, 52; hlēor-bolster onfēng eorles andwlitan, the pillow received the nobleman's face, 689; similarly, 853, 1495; heal swēge onfēng, the hall received the loud noise, 1215; hē onfēng hraðe inwit-þancum, he (Bēowulf) at once clutched him (Grendel) devising malice, 749.

þurh-fōn, w. acc., to break through with grasping, to destroy by grasping: inf. þæt hēo þone fyrd-hom þurh-fōn ne mihte, 1505.

wið-fōn, w. dat., (to grasp at), to seize, to lay hold of: pret. sg. him fæste wið-fēng, 761.

ymbe-fōn, w. acc., to encircle: pret. heals ealne ymbefēng biteran bānum, encircled his (Bēowulf's) whole neck with sharp bones (teeth), 2692.

fōt, st. m., foot: gen. sg. fōtes trem (the measure of a foot, a foot broad), 2526; acc. pl. fēt, 746; dat. pl. æt fōtum, at the feet, 500, 1167.

fōt-gemearc, st. n., measure, determining by feet, number of feet: gen. sg. sē wæs fīftiges fōtgemearces lang (fifty feet long), 3043.

fōt-lāst, st. m., foot-print: acc. sg. (draca) onfand fēondes fōt-lāst, 2290.

fracod, adj., objectionable, useless. nom. sg. næs sēo ecg fracod hilde-rince, 1576.

fram, from, I. prep. w. dat. loc. away from something: þǣr fram sylle ābēag medubenc monig, 776, 1716; þanon eft gewiton ealdgesīðas ... fram mere, 856; cyning-balde men from þǣm holmclife hafelan bǣron, 1636; similarly, 541, 543, 2367. Standing after the dat.: hē hine feor forwræc ... mancynne fram, 110; similarly, 1716. Also, hither from something: þā ic cwōm ... from fēondum, 420; ǣghwæðrum wæs ... brōga fram ōðrum, 2566.—Causal with verbs of saying and hearing, of, about, concerning: sægdest from his sīðe, 532; nō ic wiht fram þē swylcra searo-nīða secgan hȳrde, 581; þæt hē fram Sigemunde secgan hyrde, 876. II adv., away, thence: nō þȳ ǣr fram meahte, 755; forth, out: from ǣrest cwōm oruð āgl&#